summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/fs
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to 'fs')
-rw-r--r--fs/Kconfig8
-rw-r--r--fs/Makefile3
-rw-r--r--fs/block_dev.c30
-rw-r--r--fs/buffer.c50
-rw-r--r--fs/cachefiles/interface.c1
-rw-r--r--fs/cramfs/inode.c1
-rw-r--r--fs/dcache.c10
-rw-r--r--fs/fhandle.c4
-rw-r--r--fs/fs-writeback.c1
-rw-r--r--fs/internal.h2
-rw-r--r--fs/libfs.c2
-rw-r--r--fs/mount.h71
-rw-r--r--fs/namei.c37
-rw-r--r--fs/namespace.c689
-rw-r--r--fs/notify/fanotify/fanotify_user.c6
-rw-r--r--fs/notify/fsnotify.c9
-rw-r--r--fs/notify/vfsmount_mark.c19
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/Kconfig251
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/Makefile20
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/acorn.c556
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/acorn.h14
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/amiga.c139
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/amiga.h6
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/atari.c149
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/atari.h34
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/check.c687
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/check.h49
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/efi.c675
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/efi.h134
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/ibm.c275
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/ibm.h1
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/karma.c57
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/karma.h8
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/ldm.c1570
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/ldm.h215
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/mac.c134
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/mac.h44
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/msdos.c552
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/msdos.h8
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/osf.c86
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/osf.h7
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/sgi.c82
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/sgi.h8
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/sun.c122
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/sun.h8
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/sysv68.c95
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/sysv68.h1
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/ultrix.c48
-rw-r--r--fs/partitions/ultrix.h5
-rw-r--r--fs/pnode.c105
-rw-r--r--fs/pnode.h38
-rw-r--r--fs/proc/base.c114
-rw-r--r--fs/proc/namespaces.c1
-rw-r--r--fs/proc_namespace.c331
-rw-r--r--fs/quota/dquot.c1
-rw-r--r--fs/quota/quota.c1
-rw-r--r--fs/splice.c1
-rw-r--r--fs/sync.c1
58 files changed, 805 insertions, 6771 deletions
diff --git a/fs/Kconfig b/fs/Kconfig
index 5f4c45d4aa10..30145d886bc2 100644
--- a/fs/Kconfig
+++ b/fs/Kconfig
@@ -266,14 +266,6 @@ source "fs/9p/Kconfig"
endif # NETWORK_FILESYSTEMS
-if BLOCK
-menu "Partition Types"
-
-source "fs/partitions/Kconfig"
-
-endmenu
-endif
-
source "fs/nls/Kconfig"
source "fs/dlm/Kconfig"
diff --git a/fs/Makefile b/fs/Makefile
index d2c3353d5477..93804d4d66e1 100644
--- a/fs/Makefile
+++ b/fs/Makefile
@@ -19,6 +19,8 @@ else
obj-y += no-block.o
endif
+obj-$(CONFIG_PROC_FS) += proc_namespace.o
+
obj-$(CONFIG_BLK_DEV_INTEGRITY) += bio-integrity.o
obj-y += notify/
obj-$(CONFIG_EPOLL) += eventpoll.o
@@ -52,7 +54,6 @@ obj-$(CONFIG_FHANDLE) += fhandle.o
obj-y += quota/
obj-$(CONFIG_PROC_FS) += proc/
-obj-y += partitions/
obj-$(CONFIG_SYSFS) += sysfs/
obj-$(CONFIG_CONFIGFS_FS) += configfs/
obj-y += devpts/
diff --git a/fs/block_dev.c b/fs/block_dev.c
index 7866cdd9fe70..69a5b6fbee2b 100644
--- a/fs/block_dev.c
+++ b/fs/block_dev.c
@@ -17,6 +17,7 @@
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/blkpg.h>
#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
+#include <linux/swap.h>
#include <linux/pagevec.h>
#include <linux/writeback.h>
#include <linux/mpage.h>
@@ -25,6 +26,7 @@
#include <linux/namei.h>
#include <linux/log2.h>
#include <linux/kmemleak.h>
+#include <linux/cleancache.h>
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
#include "internal.h"
@@ -82,13 +84,35 @@ static sector_t max_block(struct block_device *bdev)
}
/* Kill _all_ buffers and pagecache , dirty or not.. */
-static void kill_bdev(struct block_device *bdev)
+void kill_bdev(struct block_device *bdev)
{
- if (bdev->bd_inode->i_mapping->nrpages == 0)
+ struct address_space *mapping = bdev->bd_inode->i_mapping;
+
+ if (mapping->nrpages == 0)
return;
+
invalidate_bh_lrus();
- truncate_inode_pages(bdev->bd_inode->i_mapping, 0);
+ truncate_inode_pages(mapping, 0);
}
+EXPORT_SYMBOL(kill_bdev);
+
+/* Invalidate clean unused buffers and pagecache. */
+void invalidate_bdev(struct block_device *bdev)
+{
+ struct address_space *mapping = bdev->bd_inode->i_mapping;
+
+ if (mapping->nrpages == 0)
+ return;
+
+ invalidate_bh_lrus();
+ lru_add_drain_all(); /* make sure all lru add caches are flushed */
+ invalidate_mapping_pages(mapping, 0, -1);
+ /* 99% of the time, we don't need to flush the cleancache on the bdev.
+ * But, for the strange corners, lets be cautious
+ */
+ cleancache_flush_inode(mapping);
+}
+EXPORT_SYMBOL(invalidate_bdev);
int set_blocksize(struct block_device *bdev, int size)
{
diff --git a/fs/buffer.c b/fs/buffer.c
index 19d8eb7fdc81..1a30db77af32 100644
--- a/fs/buffer.c
+++ b/fs/buffer.c
@@ -41,7 +41,6 @@
#include <linux/bitops.h>
#include <linux/mpage.h>
#include <linux/bit_spinlock.h>
-#include <linux/cleancache.h>
static int fsync_buffers_list(spinlock_t *lock, struct list_head *list);
@@ -231,55 +230,6 @@ out:
return ret;
}
-/* If invalidate_buffers() will trash dirty buffers, it means some kind
- of fs corruption is going on. Trashing dirty data always imply losing
- information that was supposed to be just stored on the physical layer
- by the user.
-
- Thus invalidate_buffers in general usage is not allwowed to trash
- dirty buffers. For example ioctl(FLSBLKBUF) expects dirty data to
- be preserved. These buffers are simply skipped.
-
- We also skip buffers which are still in use. For example this can
- happen if a userspace program is reading the block device.
-
- NOTE: In the case where the user removed a removable-media-disk even if
- there's still dirty data not synced on disk (due a bug in the device driver
- or due an error of the user), by not destroying the dirty buffers we could
- generate corruption also on the next media inserted, thus a parameter is
- necessary to handle this case in the most safe way possible (trying
- to not corrupt also the new disk inserted with the data belonging to
- the old now corrupted disk). Also for the ramdisk the natural thing
- to do in order to release the ramdisk memory is to destroy dirty buffers.
-
- These are two special cases. Normal usage imply the device driver
- to issue a sync on the device (without waiting I/O completion) and
- then an invalidate_buffers call that doesn't trash dirty buffers.
-
- For handling cache coherency with the blkdev pagecache the 'update' case
- is been introduced. It is needed to re-read from disk any pinned
- buffer. NOTE: re-reading from disk is destructive so we can do it only
- when we assume nobody is changing the buffercache under our I/O and when
- we think the disk contains more recent information than the buffercache.
- The update == 1 pass marks the buffers we need to update, the update == 2
- pass does the actual I/O. */
-void invalidate_bdev(struct block_device *bdev)
-{
- struct address_space *mapping = bdev->bd_inode->i_mapping;
-
- if (mapping->nrpages == 0)
- return;
-
- invalidate_bh_lrus();
- lru_add_drain_all(); /* make sure all lru add caches are flushed */
- invalidate_mapping_pages(mapping, 0, -1);
- /* 99% of the time, we don't need to flush the cleancache on the bdev.
- * But, for the strange corners, lets be cautious
- */
- cleancache_flush_inode(mapping);
-}
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(invalidate_bdev);
-
/*
* Kick the writeback threads then try to free up some ZONE_NORMAL memory.
*/
diff --git a/fs/cachefiles/interface.c b/fs/cachefiles/interface.c
index 1064805e653b..67bef6d01484 100644
--- a/fs/cachefiles/interface.c
+++ b/fs/cachefiles/interface.c
@@ -11,7 +11,6 @@
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/mount.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
#include "internal.h"
#define list_to_page(head) (list_entry((head)->prev, struct page, lru))
diff --git a/fs/cramfs/inode.c b/fs/cramfs/inode.c
index 69fef5b9060c..a2ee8f9f5a38 100644
--- a/fs/cramfs/inode.c
+++ b/fs/cramfs/inode.c
@@ -20,7 +20,6 @@
#include <linux/cramfs_fs.h>
#include <linux/slab.h>
#include <linux/cramfs_fs_sb.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
#include <linux/vfs.h>
#include <linux/mutex.h>
diff --git a/fs/dcache.c b/fs/dcache.c
index 64c8ce4c147f..9791b1e7eee4 100644
--- a/fs/dcache.c
+++ b/fs/dcache.c
@@ -2452,6 +2452,7 @@ static int prepend_path(const struct path *path,
{
struct dentry *dentry = path->dentry;
struct vfsmount *vfsmnt = path->mnt;
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(vfsmnt);
bool slash = false;
int error = 0;
@@ -2461,10 +2462,11 @@ static int prepend_path(const struct path *path,
if (dentry == vfsmnt->mnt_root || IS_ROOT(dentry)) {
/* Global root? */
- if (!mnt_has_parent(vfsmnt))
+ if (!mnt_has_parent(mnt))
goto global_root;
- dentry = vfsmnt->mnt_mountpoint;
- vfsmnt = vfsmnt->mnt_parent;
+ dentry = mnt->mnt_mountpoint;
+ mnt = mnt->mnt_parent;
+ vfsmnt = &mnt->mnt;
continue;
}
parent = dentry->d_parent;
@@ -2501,7 +2503,7 @@ global_root:
if (!slash)
error = prepend(buffer, buflen, "/", 1);
if (!error)
- error = vfsmnt->mnt_ns ? 1 : 2;
+ error = real_mount(vfsmnt)->mnt_ns ? 1 : 2;
goto out;
}
diff --git a/fs/fhandle.c b/fs/fhandle.c
index 6b088641f5bf..5eff7116951e 100644
--- a/fs/fhandle.c
+++ b/fs/fhandle.c
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
#include <linux/personality.h>
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
#include "internal.h"
+#include "mount.h"
static long do_sys_name_to_handle(struct path *path,
struct file_handle __user *ufh,
@@ -66,7 +67,8 @@ static long do_sys_name_to_handle(struct path *path,
} else
retval = 0;
/* copy the mount id */
- if (copy_to_user(mnt_id, &path->mnt->mnt_id, sizeof(*mnt_id)) ||
+ if (copy_to_user(mnt_id, &real_mount(path->mnt)->mnt_id,
+ sizeof(*mnt_id)) ||
copy_to_user(ufh, handle,
sizeof(struct file_handle) + handle_bytes))
retval = -EFAULT;
diff --git a/fs/fs-writeback.c b/fs/fs-writeback.c
index 517f211a3bd4..80a4574028f1 100644
--- a/fs/fs-writeback.c
+++ b/fs/fs-writeback.c
@@ -25,7 +25,6 @@
#include <linux/writeback.h>
#include <linux/blkdev.h>
#include <linux/backing-dev.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
#include <linux/tracepoint.h>
#include "internal.h"
diff --git a/fs/internal.h b/fs/internal.h
index 23599f88d1a5..2523a4029452 100644
--- a/fs/internal.h
+++ b/fs/internal.h
@@ -15,6 +15,7 @@ struct super_block;
struct file_system_type;
struct linux_binprm;
struct path;
+struct mount;
/*
* block_dev.c
@@ -46,7 +47,6 @@ extern void __init chrdev_init(void);
extern int copy_mount_options(const void __user *, unsigned long *);
extern int copy_mount_string(const void __user *, char **);
-extern struct vfsmount *__lookup_mnt(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *, int);
extern struct vfsmount *lookup_mnt(struct path *);
extern int finish_automount(struct vfsmount *, struct path *);
diff --git a/fs/libfs.c b/fs/libfs.c
index f6d411eef1e7..5b2dbb3ba4fc 100644
--- a/fs/libfs.c
+++ b/fs/libfs.c
@@ -12,7 +12,7 @@
#include <linux/mutex.h>
#include <linux/exportfs.h>
#include <linux/writeback.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
+#include <linux/buffer_head.h> /* sync_mapping_buffers */
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
diff --git a/fs/mount.h b/fs/mount.h
index 7890e49f74ef..0921b51e27e2 100644
--- a/fs/mount.h
+++ b/fs/mount.h
@@ -1,6 +1,75 @@
#include <linux/mount.h>
+#include <linux/seq_file.h>
+#include <linux/poll.h>
-static inline int mnt_has_parent(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+struct mnt_namespace {
+ atomic_t count;
+ struct mount * root;
+ struct list_head list;
+ wait_queue_head_t poll;
+ int event;
+};
+
+struct mnt_pcp {
+ int mnt_count;
+ int mnt_writers;
+};
+
+struct mount {
+ struct list_head mnt_hash;
+ struct mount *mnt_parent;
+ struct dentry *mnt_mountpoint;
+ struct vfsmount mnt;
+#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
+ struct mnt_pcp __percpu *mnt_pcp;
+ atomic_t mnt_longterm; /* how many of the refs are longterm */
+#else
+ int mnt_count;
+ int mnt_writers;
+#endif
+ struct list_head mnt_mounts; /* list of children, anchored here */
+ struct list_head mnt_child; /* and going through their mnt_child */
+ const char *mnt_devname; /* Name of device e.g. /dev/dsk/hda1 */
+ struct list_head mnt_list;
+ struct list_head mnt_expire; /* link in fs-specific expiry list */
+ struct list_head mnt_share; /* circular list of shared mounts */
+ struct list_head mnt_slave_list;/* list of slave mounts */
+ struct list_head mnt_slave; /* slave list entry */
+ struct mount *mnt_master; /* slave is on master->mnt_slave_list */
+ struct mnt_namespace *mnt_ns; /* containing namespace */
+#ifdef CONFIG_FSNOTIFY
+ struct hlist_head mnt_fsnotify_marks;
+ __u32 mnt_fsnotify_mask;
+#endif
+ int mnt_id; /* mount identifier */
+ int mnt_group_id; /* peer group identifier */
+ int mnt_expiry_mark; /* true if marked for expiry */
+ int mnt_pinned;
+ int mnt_ghosts;
+};
+
+static inline struct mount *real_mount(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+{
+ return container_of(mnt, struct mount, mnt);
+}
+
+static inline int mnt_has_parent(struct mount *mnt)
{
return mnt != mnt->mnt_parent;
}
+
+extern struct mount *__lookup_mnt(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *, int);
+
+static inline void get_mnt_ns(struct mnt_namespace *ns)
+{
+ atomic_inc(&ns->count);
+}
+
+struct proc_mounts {
+ struct seq_file m; /* must be the first element */
+ struct mnt_namespace *ns;
+ struct path root;
+ int (*show)(struct seq_file *, struct vfsmount *);
+};
+
+extern const struct seq_operations mounts_op;
diff --git a/fs/namei.c b/fs/namei.c
index afd5876cd072..c283a1ec008e 100644
--- a/fs/namei.c
+++ b/fs/namei.c
@@ -36,6 +36,7 @@
#include <asm/uaccess.h>
#include "internal.h"
+#include "mount.h"
/* [Feb-1997 T. Schoebel-Theuer]
* Fundamental changes in the pathname lookup mechanisms (namei)
@@ -676,36 +677,38 @@ follow_link(struct path *link, struct nameidata *nd, void **p)
static int follow_up_rcu(struct path *path)
{
- struct vfsmount *parent;
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(path->mnt);
+ struct mount *parent;
struct dentry *mountpoint;
- parent = path->mnt->mnt_parent;
- if (parent == path->mnt)
+ parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
+ if (&parent->mnt == path->mnt)
return 0;
- mountpoint = path->mnt->mnt_mountpoint;
+ mountpoint = mnt->mnt_mountpoint;
path->dentry = mountpoint;
- path->mnt = parent;
+ path->mnt = &parent->mnt;
return 1;
}
int follow_up(struct path *path)
{
- struct vfsmount *parent;
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(path->mnt);
+ struct mount *parent;
struct dentry *mountpoint;
br_read_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- parent = path->mnt->mnt_parent;
- if (parent == path->mnt) {
+ parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
+ if (&parent->mnt == path->mnt) {
br_read_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
return 0;
}
- mntget(parent);
- mountpoint = dget(path->mnt->mnt_mountpoint);
+ mntget(&parent->mnt);
+ mountpoint = dget(mnt->mnt_mountpoint);
br_read_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
dput(path->dentry);
path->dentry = mountpoint;
mntput(path->mnt);
- path->mnt = parent;
+ path->mnt = &parent->mnt;
return 1;
}
@@ -884,7 +887,7 @@ static bool __follow_mount_rcu(struct nameidata *nd, struct path *path,
struct inode **inode)
{
for (;;) {
- struct vfsmount *mounted;
+ struct mount *mounted;
/*
* Don't forget we might have a non-mountpoint managed dentry
* that wants to block transit.
@@ -898,8 +901,8 @@ static bool __follow_mount_rcu(struct nameidata *nd, struct path *path,
mounted = __lookup_mnt(path->mnt, path->dentry, 1);
if (!mounted)
break;
- path->mnt = mounted;
- path->dentry = mounted->mnt_root;
+ path->mnt = &mounted->mnt;
+ path->dentry = mounted->mnt.mnt_root;
nd->flags |= LOOKUP_JUMPED;
nd->seq = read_seqcount_begin(&path->dentry->d_seq);
/*
@@ -915,12 +918,12 @@ static bool __follow_mount_rcu(struct nameidata *nd, struct path *path,
static void follow_mount_rcu(struct nameidata *nd)
{
while (d_mountpoint(nd->path.dentry)) {
- struct vfsmount *mounted;
+ struct mount *mounted;
mounted = __lookup_mnt(nd->path.mnt, nd->path.dentry, 1);
if (!mounted)
break;
- nd->path.mnt = mounted;
- nd->path.dentry = mounted->mnt_root;
+ nd->path.mnt = &mounted->mnt;
+ nd->path.dentry = mounted->mnt.mnt_root;
nd->seq = read_seqcount_begin(&nd->path.dentry->d_seq);
}
}
diff --git a/fs/namespace.c b/fs/namespace.c
index 86b4f6406470..773435ca300d 100644
--- a/fs/namespace.c
+++ b/fs/namespace.c
@@ -9,30 +9,17 @@
*/
#include <linux/syscalls.h>
-#include <linux/slab.h>
-#include <linux/sched.h>
-#include <linux/spinlock.h>
-#include <linux/percpu.h>
-#include <linux/init.h>
-#include <linux/kernel.h>
-#include <linux/acct.h>
+#include <linux/export.h>
#include <linux/capability.h>
-#include <linux/cpumask.h>
-#include <linux/module.h>
-#include <linux/sysfs.h>
-#include <linux/seq_file.h>
#include <linux/mnt_namespace.h>
#include <linux/namei.h>
-#include <linux/nsproxy.h>
#include <linux/security.h>
-#include <linux/mount.h>
-#include <linux/ramfs.h>
-#include <linux/log2.h>
#include <linux/idr.h>
-#include <linux/fs_struct.h>
-#include <linux/fsnotify.h>
-#include <asm/uaccess.h>
-#include <asm/unistd.h>
+#include <linux/acct.h> /* acct_auto_close_mnt */
+#include <linux/ramfs.h> /* init_rootfs */
+#include <linux/fs_struct.h> /* get_fs_root et.al. */
+#include <linux/fsnotify.h> /* fsnotify_vfsmount_delete */
+#include <linux/uaccess.h>
#include "pnode.h"
#include "internal.h"
@@ -78,7 +65,7 @@ static inline unsigned long hash(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry)
* allocation is serialized by namespace_sem, but we need the spinlock to
* serialize with freeing.
*/
-static int mnt_alloc_id(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static int mnt_alloc_id(struct mount *mnt)
{
int res;
@@ -95,7 +82,7 @@ retry:
return res;
}
-static void mnt_free_id(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static void mnt_free_id(struct mount *mnt)
{
int id = mnt->mnt_id;
spin_lock(&mnt_id_lock);
@@ -110,7 +97,7 @@ static void mnt_free_id(struct vfsmount *mnt)
*
* mnt_group_ida is protected by namespace_sem
*/
-static int mnt_alloc_group_id(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static int mnt_alloc_group_id(struct mount *mnt)
{
int res;
@@ -129,7 +116,7 @@ static int mnt_alloc_group_id(struct vfsmount *mnt)
/*
* Release a peer group ID
*/
-void mnt_release_group_id(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+void mnt_release_group_id(struct mount *mnt)
{
int id = mnt->mnt_group_id;
ida_remove(&mnt_group_ida, id);
@@ -141,7 +128,7 @@ void mnt_release_group_id(struct vfsmount *mnt)
/*
* vfsmount lock must be held for read
*/
-static inline void mnt_add_count(struct vfsmount *mnt, int n)
+static inline void mnt_add_count(struct mount *mnt, int n)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
this_cpu_add(mnt->mnt_pcp->mnt_count, n);
@@ -155,7 +142,7 @@ static inline void mnt_add_count(struct vfsmount *mnt, int n)
/*
* vfsmount lock must be held for write
*/
-unsigned int mnt_get_count(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+unsigned int mnt_get_count(struct mount *mnt)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
unsigned int count = 0;
@@ -171,9 +158,9 @@ unsigned int mnt_get_count(struct vfsmount *mnt)
#endif
}
-static struct vfsmount *alloc_vfsmnt(const char *name)
+static struct mount *alloc_vfsmnt(const char *name)
{
- struct vfsmount *mnt = kmem_cache_zalloc(mnt_cache, GFP_KERNEL);
+ struct mount *mnt = kmem_cache_zalloc(mnt_cache, GFP_KERNEL);
if (mnt) {
int err;
@@ -252,7 +239,7 @@ int __mnt_is_readonly(struct vfsmount *mnt)
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(__mnt_is_readonly);
-static inline void mnt_inc_writers(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static inline void mnt_inc_writers(struct mount *mnt)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
this_cpu_inc(mnt->mnt_pcp->mnt_writers);
@@ -261,7 +248,7 @@ static inline void mnt_inc_writers(struct vfsmount *mnt)
#endif
}
-static inline void mnt_dec_writers(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static inline void mnt_dec_writers(struct mount *mnt)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
this_cpu_dec(mnt->mnt_pcp->mnt_writers);
@@ -270,7 +257,7 @@ static inline void mnt_dec_writers(struct vfsmount *mnt)
#endif
}
-static unsigned int mnt_get_writers(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static unsigned int mnt_get_writers(struct mount *mnt)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
unsigned int count = 0;
@@ -296,7 +283,7 @@ static unsigned int mnt_get_writers(struct vfsmount *mnt)
*/
/**
* mnt_want_write - get write access to a mount
- * @mnt: the mount on which to take a write
+ * @m: the mount on which to take a write
*
* This tells the low-level filesystem that a write is
* about to be performed to it, and makes sure that
@@ -304,8 +291,9 @@ static unsigned int mnt_get_writers(struct vfsmount *mnt)
* the write operation is finished, mnt_drop_write()
* must be called. This is effectively a refcount.
*/
-int mnt_want_write(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+int mnt_want_write(struct vfsmount *m)
{
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(m);
int ret = 0;
preempt_disable();
@@ -316,7 +304,7 @@ int mnt_want_write(struct vfsmount *mnt)
* incremented count after it has set MNT_WRITE_HOLD.
*/
smp_mb();
- while (mnt->mnt_flags & MNT_WRITE_HOLD)
+ while (mnt->mnt.mnt_flags & MNT_WRITE_HOLD)
cpu_relax();
/*
* After the slowpath clears MNT_WRITE_HOLD, mnt_is_readonly will
@@ -324,7 +312,7 @@ int mnt_want_write(struct vfsmount *mnt)
* MNT_WRITE_HOLD is cleared.
*/
smp_rmb();
- if (__mnt_is_readonly(mnt)) {
+ if (__mnt_is_readonly(m)) {
mnt_dec_writers(mnt);
ret = -EROFS;
goto out;
@@ -353,7 +341,7 @@ int mnt_clone_write(struct vfsmount *mnt)
if (__mnt_is_readonly(mnt))
return -EROFS;
preempt_disable();
- mnt_inc_writers(mnt);
+ mnt_inc_writers(real_mount(mnt));
preempt_enable();
return 0;
}
@@ -387,7 +375,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mnt_want_write_file);
void mnt_drop_write(struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
preempt_disable();
- mnt_dec_writers(mnt);
+ mnt_dec_writers(real_mount(mnt));
preempt_enable();
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mnt_drop_write);
@@ -398,12 +386,12 @@ void mnt_drop_write_file(struct file *file)
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(mnt_drop_write_file);
-static int mnt_make_readonly(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static int mnt_make_readonly(struct mount *mnt)
{
int ret = 0;
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- mnt->mnt_flags |= MNT_WRITE_HOLD;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags |= MNT_WRITE_HOLD;
/*
* After storing MNT_WRITE_HOLD, we'll read the counters. This store
* should be visible before we do.
@@ -429,25 +417,25 @@ static int mnt_make_readonly(struct vfsmount *mnt)
if (mnt_get_writers(mnt) > 0)
ret = -EBUSY;
else
- mnt->mnt_flags |= MNT_READONLY;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags |= MNT_READONLY;
/*
* MNT_READONLY must become visible before ~MNT_WRITE_HOLD, so writers
* that become unheld will see MNT_READONLY.
*/
smp_wmb();
- mnt->mnt_flags &= ~MNT_WRITE_HOLD;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags &= ~MNT_WRITE_HOLD;
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
return ret;
}
-static void __mnt_unmake_readonly(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static void __mnt_unmake_readonly(struct mount *mnt)
{
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- mnt->mnt_flags &= ~MNT_READONLY;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags &= ~MNT_READONLY;
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
}
-static void free_vfsmnt(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static void free_vfsmnt(struct mount *mnt)
{
kfree(mnt->mnt_devname);
mnt_free_id(mnt);
@@ -462,20 +450,20 @@ static void free_vfsmnt(struct vfsmount *mnt)
* @dir. If @dir is set return the first mount else return the last mount.
* vfsmount_lock must be held for read or write.
*/
-struct vfsmount *__lookup_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
+struct mount *__lookup_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
int dir)
{
struct list_head *head = mount_hashtable + hash(mnt, dentry);
struct list_head *tmp = head;
- struct vfsmount *p, *found = NULL;
+ struct mount *p, *found = NULL;
for (;;) {
tmp = dir ? tmp->next : tmp->prev;
p = NULL;
if (tmp == head)
break;
- p = list_entry(tmp, struct vfsmount, mnt_hash);
- if (p->mnt_parent == mnt && p->mnt_mountpoint == dentry) {
+ p = list_entry(tmp, struct mount, mnt_hash);
+ if (&p->mnt_parent->mnt == mnt && p->mnt_mountpoint == dentry) {
found = p;
break;
}
@@ -489,16 +477,21 @@ struct vfsmount *__lookup_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
*/
struct vfsmount *lookup_mnt(struct path *path)
{
- struct vfsmount *child_mnt;
+ struct mount *child_mnt;
br_read_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- if ((child_mnt = __lookup_mnt(path->mnt, path->dentry, 1)))
- mntget(child_mnt);
- br_read_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
- return child_mnt;
+ child_mnt = __lookup_mnt(path->mnt, path->dentry, 1);
+ if (child_mnt) {
+ mnt_add_count(child_mnt, 1);
+ br_read_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
+ return &child_mnt->mnt;
+ } else {
+ br_read_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
+ return NULL;
+ }
}
-static inline int check_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static inline int check_mnt(struct mount *mnt)
{
return mnt->mnt_ns == current->nsproxy->mnt_ns;
}
@@ -534,7 +527,7 @@ static void dentry_reset_mounted(struct dentry *dentry)
unsigned u;
for (u = 0; u < HASH_SIZE; u++) {
- struct vfsmount *p;
+ struct mount *p;
list_for_each_entry(p, &mount_hashtable[u], mnt_hash) {
if (p->mnt_mountpoint == dentry)
@@ -549,12 +542,12 @@ static void dentry_reset_mounted(struct dentry *dentry)
/*
* vfsmount lock must be held for write
*/
-static void detach_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct path *old_path)
+static void detach_mnt(struct mount *mnt, struct path *old_path)
{
old_path->dentry = mnt->mnt_mountpoint;
- old_path->mnt = mnt->mnt_parent;
+ old_path->mnt = &mnt->mnt_parent->mnt;
mnt->mnt_parent = mnt;
- mnt->mnt_mountpoint = mnt->mnt_root;
+ mnt->mnt_mountpoint = mnt->mnt.mnt_root;
list_del_init(&mnt->mnt_child);
list_del_init(&mnt->mnt_hash);
dentry_reset_mounted(old_path->dentry);
@@ -563,11 +556,12 @@ static void detach_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct path *old_path)
/*
* vfsmount lock must be held for write
*/
-void mnt_set_mountpoint(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
- struct vfsmount *child_mnt)
+void mnt_set_mountpoint(struct mount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
+ struct mount *child_mnt)
{
- child_mnt->mnt_parent = mntget(mnt);
+ mnt_add_count(mnt, 1); /* essentially, that's mntget */
child_mnt->mnt_mountpoint = dget(dentry);
+ child_mnt->mnt_parent = mnt;
spin_lock(&dentry->d_lock);
dentry->d_flags |= DCACHE_MOUNTED;
spin_unlock(&dentry->d_lock);
@@ -576,15 +570,15 @@ void mnt_set_mountpoint(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
/*
* vfsmount lock must be held for write
*/
-static void attach_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct path *path)
+static void attach_mnt(struct mount *mnt, struct path *path)
{
- mnt_set_mountpoint(path->mnt, path->dentry, mnt);
+ mnt_set_mountpoint(real_mount(path->mnt), path->dentry, mnt);
list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_hash, mount_hashtable +
hash(path->mnt, path->dentry));
- list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_child, &path->mnt->mnt_mounts);
+ list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_child, &real_mount(path->mnt)->mnt_mounts);
}
-static inline void __mnt_make_longterm(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static inline void __mnt_make_longterm(struct mount *mnt)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
atomic_inc(&mnt->mnt_longterm);
@@ -592,7 +586,7 @@ static inline void __mnt_make_longterm(struct vfsmount *mnt)
}
/* needs vfsmount lock for write */
-static inline void __mnt_make_shortterm(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static inline void __mnt_make_shortterm(struct mount *mnt)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
atomic_dec(&mnt->mnt_longterm);
@@ -602,10 +596,10 @@ static inline void __mnt_make_shortterm(struct vfsmount *mnt)
/*
* vfsmount lock must be held for write
*/
-static void commit_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static void commit_tree(struct mount *mnt)
{
- struct vfsmount *parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
- struct vfsmount *m;
+ struct mount *parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
+ struct mount *m;
LIST_HEAD(head);
struct mnt_namespace *n = parent->mnt_ns;
@@ -620,12 +614,12 @@ static void commit_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt)
list_splice(&head, n->list.prev);
list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_hash, mount_hashtable +
- hash(parent, mnt->mnt_mountpoint));
+ hash(&parent->mnt, mnt->mnt_mountpoint));
list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_child, &parent->mnt_mounts);
touch_mnt_namespace(n);
}
-static struct vfsmount *next_mnt(struct vfsmount *p, struct vfsmount *root)
+static struct mount *next_mnt(struct mount *p, struct mount *root)
{
struct list_head *next = p->mnt_mounts.next;
if (next == &p->mnt_mounts) {
@@ -638,14 +632,14 @@ static struct vfsmount *next_mnt(struct vfsmount *p, struct vfsmount *root)
p = p->mnt_parent;
}
}
- return list_entry(next, struct vfsmount, mnt_child);
+ return list_entry(next, struct mount, mnt_child);
}
-static struct vfsmount *skip_mnt_tree(struct vfsmount *p)
+static struct mount *skip_mnt_tree(struct mount *p)
{
struct list_head *prev = p->mnt_mounts.prev;
while (prev != &p->mnt_mounts) {
- p = list_entry(prev, struct vfsmount, mnt_child);
+ p = list_entry(prev, struct mount, mnt_child);
prev = p->mnt_mounts.prev;
}
return p;
@@ -654,7 +648,7 @@ static struct vfsmount *skip_mnt_tree(struct vfsmount *p)
struct vfsmount *
vfs_kern_mount(struct file_system_type *type, int flags, const char *name, void *data)
{
- struct vfsmount *mnt;
+ struct mount *mnt;
struct dentry *root;
if (!type)
@@ -665,7 +659,7 @@ vfs_kern_mount(struct file_system_type *type, int flags, const char *name, void
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
if (flags & MS_KERNMOUNT)
- mnt->mnt_flags = MNT_INTERNAL;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags = MNT_INTERNAL;
root = mount_fs(type, flags, name, data);
if (IS_ERR(root)) {
@@ -673,19 +667,19 @@ vfs_kern_mount(struct file_system_type *type, int flags, const char *name, void
return ERR_CAST(root);
}
- mnt->mnt_root = root;
- mnt->mnt_sb = root->d_sb;
- mnt->mnt_mountpoint = mnt->mnt_root;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_root = root;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_sb = root->d_sb;
+ mnt->mnt_mountpoint = mnt->mnt.mnt_root;
mnt->mnt_parent = mnt;
- return mnt;
+ return &mnt->mnt;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(vfs_kern_mount);
-static struct vfsmount *clone_mnt(struct vfsmount *old, struct dentry *root,
+static struct mount *clone_mnt(struct mount *old, struct dentry *root,
int flag)
{
- struct super_block *sb = old->mnt_sb;
- struct vfsmount *mnt = alloc_vfsmnt(old->mnt_devname);
+ struct super_block *sb = old->mnt.mnt_sb;
+ struct mount *mnt = alloc_vfsmnt(old->mnt_devname);
if (mnt) {
if (flag & (CL_SLAVE | CL_PRIVATE))
@@ -699,11 +693,11 @@ static struct vfsmount *clone_mnt(struct vfsmount *old, struct dentry *root,
goto out_free;
}
- mnt->mnt_flags = old->mnt_flags & ~MNT_WRITE_HOLD;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags = old->mnt.mnt_flags & ~MNT_WRITE_HOLD;
atomic_inc(&sb->s_active);
- mnt->mnt_sb = sb;
- mnt->mnt_root = dget(root);
- mnt->mnt_mountpoint = mnt->mnt_root;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_sb = sb;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_root = dget(root);
+ mnt->mnt_mountpoint = mnt->mnt.mnt_root;
mnt->mnt_parent = mnt;
if (flag & CL_SLAVE) {
@@ -734,9 +728,10 @@ static struct vfsmount *clone_mnt(struct vfsmount *old, struct dentry *root,
return NULL;
}
-static inline void mntfree(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static inline void mntfree(struct mount *mnt)
{
- struct super_block *sb = mnt->mnt_sb;
+ struct vfsmount *m = &mnt->mnt;
+ struct super_block *sb = m->mnt_sb;
/*
* This probably indicates that somebody messed
@@ -749,13 +744,13 @@ static inline void mntfree(struct vfsmount *mnt)
* so mnt_get_writers() below is safe.
*/
WARN_ON(mnt_get_writers(mnt));
- fsnotify_vfsmount_delete(mnt);
- dput(mnt->mnt_root);
+ fsnotify_vfsmount_delete(m);
+ dput(m->mnt_root);
free_vfsmnt(mnt);
deactivate_super(sb);
}
-static void mntput_no_expire(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static void mntput_no_expire(struct mount *mnt)
{
put_again:
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
@@ -783,7 +778,7 @@ put_again:
mnt_add_count(mnt, mnt->mnt_pinned + 1);
mnt->mnt_pinned = 0;
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
- acct_auto_close_mnt(mnt);
+ acct_auto_close_mnt(&mnt->mnt);
goto put_again;
}
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
@@ -793,10 +788,11 @@ put_again:
void mntput(struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
if (mnt) {
+ struct mount *m = real_mount(mnt);
/* avoid cacheline pingpong, hope gcc doesn't get "smart" */
- if (unlikely(mnt->mnt_expiry_mark))
- mnt->mnt_expiry_mark = 0;
- mntput_no_expire(mnt);
+ if (unlikely(m->mnt_expiry_mark))
+ m->mnt_expiry_mark = 0;
+ mntput_no_expire(m);
}
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(mntput);
@@ -804,7 +800,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(mntput);
struct vfsmount *mntget(struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
if (mnt)
- mnt_add_count(mnt, 1);
+ mnt_add_count(real_mount(mnt), 1);
return mnt;
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(mntget);
@@ -812,13 +808,14 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(mntget);
void mnt_pin(struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- mnt->mnt_pinned++;
+ real_mount(mnt)->mnt_pinned++;
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
}
EXPORT_SYMBOL(mnt_pin);
-void mnt_unpin(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+void mnt_unpin(struct vfsmount *m)
{
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(m);
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
if (mnt->mnt_pinned) {
mnt_add_count(mnt, 1);
@@ -888,10 +885,10 @@ void replace_mount_options(struct super_block *sb, char *options)
EXPORT_SYMBOL(replace_mount_options);
#ifdef CONFIG_PROC_FS
-/* iterator */
+/* iterator; we want it to have access to namespace_sem, thus here... */
static void *m_start(struct seq_file *m, loff_t *pos)
{
- struct proc_mounts *p = m->private;
+ struct proc_mounts *p = container_of(m, struct proc_mounts, m);
down_read(&namespace_sem);
return seq_list_start(&p->ns->list, *pos);
@@ -899,7 +896,7 @@ static void *m_start(struct seq_file *m, loff_t *pos)
static void *m_next(struct seq_file *m, void *v, loff_t *pos)
{
- struct proc_mounts *p = m->private;
+ struct proc_mounts *p = container_of(m, struct proc_mounts, m);
return seq_list_next(v, &p->ns->list, pos);
}
@@ -909,219 +906,18 @@ static void m_stop(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
up_read(&namespace_sem);
}
-int mnt_had_events(struct proc_mounts *p)
-{
- struct mnt_namespace *ns = p->ns;
- int res = 0;
-
- br_read_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- if (p->m.poll_event != ns->event) {
- p->m.poll_event = ns->event;
- res = 1;
- }
- br_read_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
-
- return res;
-}
-
-struct proc_fs_info {
- int flag;
- const char *str;
-};
-
-static int show_sb_opts(struct seq_file *m, struct super_block *sb)
-{
- static const struct proc_fs_info fs_info[] = {
- { MS_SYNCHRONOUS, ",sync" },
- { MS_DIRSYNC, ",dirsync" },
- { MS_MANDLOCK, ",mand" },
- { 0, NULL }
- };
- const struct proc_fs_info *fs_infop;
-
- for (fs_infop = fs_info; fs_infop->flag; fs_infop++) {
- if (sb->s_flags & fs_infop->flag)
- seq_puts(m, fs_infop->str);
- }
-
- return security_sb_show_options(m, sb);
-}
-
-static void show_mnt_opts(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static int m_show(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
{
- static const struct proc_fs_info mnt_info[] = {
- { MNT_NOSUID, ",nosuid" },
- { MNT_NODEV, ",nodev" },
- { MNT_NOEXEC, ",noexec" },
- { MNT_NOATIME, ",noatime" },
- { MNT_NODIRATIME, ",nodiratime" },
- { MNT_RELATIME, ",relatime" },
- { 0, NULL }
- };
- const struct proc_fs_info *fs_infop;
-
- for (fs_infop = mnt_info; fs_infop->flag; fs_infop++) {
- if (mnt->mnt_flags & fs_infop->flag)
- seq_puts(m, fs_infop->str);
- }
-}
-
-static void show_type(struct seq_file *m, struct super_block *sb)
-{
- mangle(m, sb->s_type->name);
- if (sb->s_subtype && sb->s_subtype[0]) {
- seq_putc(m, '.');
- mangle(m, sb->s_subtype);
- }
-}
-
-static int show_vfsmnt(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
-{
- struct vfsmount *mnt = list_entry(v, struct vfsmount, mnt_list);
- int err = 0;
- struct path mnt_path = { .dentry = mnt->mnt_root, .mnt = mnt };
-
- if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_devname) {
- err = mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_devname(m, mnt);
- if (err)
- goto out;
- } else {
- mangle(m, mnt->mnt_devname ? mnt->mnt_devname : "none");
- }
- seq_putc(m, ' ');
- seq_path(m, &mnt_path, " \t\n\\");
- seq_putc(m, ' ');
- show_type(m, mnt->mnt_sb);
- seq_puts(m, __mnt_is_readonly(mnt) ? " ro" : " rw");
- err = show_sb_opts(m, mnt->mnt_sb);
- if (err)
- goto out;
- show_mnt_opts(m, mnt);
- if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_options)
- err = mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_options(m, mnt);
- seq_puts(m, " 0 0\n");
-out:
- return err;
+ struct proc_mounts *p = container_of(m, struct proc_mounts, m);
+ struct mount *r = list_entry(v, struct mount, mnt_list);
+ return p->show(m, &r->mnt);
}
const struct seq_operations mounts_op = {
.start = m_start,
.next = m_next,
.stop = m_stop,
- .show = show_vfsmnt
-};
-
-static int show_mountinfo(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
-{
- struct proc_mounts *p = m->private;
- struct vfsmount *mnt = list_entry(v, struct vfsmount, mnt_list);
- struct super_block *sb = mnt->mnt_sb;
- struct path mnt_path = { .dentry = mnt->mnt_root, .mnt = mnt };
- struct path root = p->root;
- int err = 0;
-
- seq_printf(m, "%i %i %u:%u ", mnt->mnt_id, mnt->mnt_parent->mnt_id,
- MAJOR(sb->s_dev), MINOR(sb->s_dev));
- if (sb->s_op->show_path)
- err = sb->s_op->show_path(m, mnt);
- else
- seq_dentry(m, mnt->mnt_root, " \t\n\\");
- if (err)
- goto out;
- seq_putc(m, ' ');
-
- /* mountpoints outside of chroot jail will give SEQ_SKIP on this */
- err = seq_path_root(m, &mnt_path, &root, " \t\n\\");
- if (err)
- goto out;
-
- seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_flags & MNT_READONLY ? " ro" : " rw");
- show_mnt_opts(m, mnt);
-
- /* Tagged fields ("foo:X" or "bar") */
- if (IS_MNT_SHARED(mnt))
- seq_printf(m, " shared:%i", mnt->mnt_group_id);
- if (IS_MNT_SLAVE(mnt)) {
- int master = mnt->mnt_master->mnt_group_id;
- int dom = get_dominating_id(mnt, &p->root);
- seq_printf(m, " master:%i", master);
- if (dom && dom != master)
- seq_printf(m, " propagate_from:%i", dom);
- }
- if (IS_MNT_UNBINDABLE(mnt))
- seq_puts(m, " unbindable");
-
- /* Filesystem specific data */
- seq_puts(m, " - ");
- show_type(m, sb);
- seq_putc(m, ' ');
- if (sb->s_op->show_devname)
- err = sb->s_op->show_devname(m, mnt);
- else
- mangle(m, mnt->mnt_devname ? mnt->mnt_devname : "none");
- if (err)
- goto out;
- seq_puts(m, sb->s_flags & MS_RDONLY ? " ro" : " rw");
- err = show_sb_opts(m, sb);
- if (err)
- goto out;
- if (sb->s_op->show_options)
- err = sb->s_op->show_options(m, mnt);
- seq_putc(m, '\n');
-out:
- return err;
-}
-
-const struct seq_operations mountinfo_op = {
- .start = m_start,
- .next = m_next,
- .stop = m_stop,
- .show = show_mountinfo,
-};
-
-static int show_vfsstat(struct seq_file *m, void *v)
-{
- struct vfsmount *mnt = list_entry(v, struct vfsmount, mnt_list);
- struct path mnt_path = { .dentry = mnt->mnt_root, .mnt = mnt };
- int err = 0;
-
- /* device */
- if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_devname) {
- seq_puts(m, "device ");
- err = mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_devname(m, mnt);
- } else {
- if (mnt->mnt_devname) {
- seq_puts(m, "device ");
- mangle(m, mnt->mnt_devname);
- } else
- seq_puts(m, "no device");
- }
-
- /* mount point */
- seq_puts(m, " mounted on ");
- seq_path(m, &mnt_path, " \t\n\\");
- seq_putc(m, ' ');
-
- /* file system type */
- seq_puts(m, "with fstype ");
- show_type(m, mnt->mnt_sb);
-
- /* optional statistics */
- if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_stats) {
- seq_putc(m, ' ');
- if (!err)
- err = mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_stats(m, mnt);
- }
-
- seq_putc(m, '\n');
- return err;
-}
-
-const struct seq_operations mountstats_op = {
- .start = m_start,
- .next = m_next,
- .stop = m_stop,
- .show = show_vfsstat,
+ .show = m_show,
};
#endif /* CONFIG_PROC_FS */
@@ -1133,11 +929,13 @@ const struct seq_operations mountstats_op = {
* open files, pwds, chroots or sub mounts that are
* busy.
*/
-int may_umount_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+int may_umount_tree(struct vfsmount *m)
{
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(m);
int actual_refs = 0;
int minimum_refs = 0;
- struct vfsmount *p;
+ struct mount *p;
+ BUG_ON(!m);
/* write lock needed for mnt_get_count */
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
@@ -1173,7 +971,7 @@ int may_umount(struct vfsmount *mnt)
int ret = 1;
down_read(&namespace_sem);
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- if (propagate_mount_busy(mnt, 2))
+ if (propagate_mount_busy(real_mount(mnt), 2))
ret = 0;
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
up_read(&namespace_sem);
@@ -1184,25 +982,25 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(may_umount);
void release_mounts(struct list_head *head)
{
- struct vfsmount *mnt;
+ struct mount *mnt;
while (!list_empty(head)) {
- mnt = list_first_entry(head, struct vfsmount, mnt_hash);
+ mnt = list_first_entry(head, struct mount, mnt_hash);
list_del_init(&mnt->mnt_hash);
if (mnt_has_parent(mnt)) {
struct dentry *dentry;
- struct vfsmount *m;
+ struct mount *m;
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
dentry = mnt->mnt_mountpoint;
m = mnt->mnt_parent;
- mnt->mnt_mountpoint = mnt->mnt_root;
+ mnt->mnt_mountpoint = mnt->mnt.mnt_root;
mnt->mnt_parent = mnt;
m->mnt_ghosts--;
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
dput(dentry);
- mntput(m);
+ mntput(&m->mnt);
}
- mntput(mnt);
+ mntput(&mnt->mnt);
}
}
@@ -1210,10 +1008,10 @@ void release_mounts(struct list_head *head)
* vfsmount lock must be held for write
* namespace_sem must be held for write
*/
-void umount_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt, int propagate, struct list_head *kill)
+void umount_tree(struct mount *mnt, int propagate, struct list_head *kill)
{
LIST_HEAD(tmp_list);
- struct vfsmount *p;
+ struct mount *p;
for (p = mnt; p; p = next_mnt(p, mnt))
list_move(&p->mnt_hash, &tmp_list);
@@ -1237,15 +1035,15 @@ void umount_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt, int propagate, struct list_head *kill)
list_splice(&tmp_list, kill);
}
-static void shrink_submounts(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct list_head *umounts);
+static void shrink_submounts(struct mount *mnt, struct list_head *umounts);
-static int do_umount(struct vfsmount *mnt, int flags)
+static int do_umount(struct mount *mnt, int flags)
{
- struct super_block *sb = mnt->mnt_sb;
+ struct super_block *sb = mnt->mnt.mnt_sb;
int retval;
LIST_HEAD(umount_list);
- retval = security_sb_umount(mnt, flags);
+ retval = security_sb_umount(&mnt->mnt, flags);
if (retval)
return retval;
@@ -1256,7 +1054,7 @@ static int do_umount(struct vfsmount *mnt, int flags)
* (2) the usage count == 1 [parent vfsmount] + 1 [sys_umount]
*/
if (flags & MNT_EXPIRE) {
- if (mnt == current->fs->root.mnt ||
+ if (&mnt->mnt == current->fs->root.mnt ||
flags & (MNT_FORCE | MNT_DETACH))
return -EINVAL;
@@ -1298,7 +1096,7 @@ static int do_umount(struct vfsmount *mnt, int flags)
* /reboot - static binary that would close all descriptors and
* call reboot(9). Then init(8) could umount root and exec /reboot.
*/
- if (mnt == current->fs->root.mnt && !(flags & MNT_DETACH)) {
+ if (&mnt->mnt == current->fs->root.mnt && !(flags & MNT_DETACH)) {
/*
* Special case for "unmounting" root ...
* we just try to remount it readonly.
@@ -1340,6 +1138,7 @@ static int do_umount(struct vfsmount *mnt, int flags)
SYSCALL_DEFINE2(umount, char __user *, name, int, flags)
{
struct path path;
+ struct mount *mnt;
int retval;
int lookup_flags = 0;
@@ -1352,21 +1151,22 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE2(umount, char __user *, name, int, flags)
retval = user_path_at(AT_FDCWD, name, lookup_flags, &path);
if (retval)
goto out;
+ mnt = real_mount(path.mnt);
retval = -EINVAL;
if (path.dentry != path.mnt->mnt_root)
goto dput_and_out;
- if (!check_mnt(path.mnt))
+ if (!check_mnt(mnt))
goto dput_and_out;
retval = -EPERM;
if (!capable(CAP_SYS_ADMIN))
goto dput_and_out;
- retval = do_umount(path.mnt, flags);
+ retval = do_umount(mnt, flags);
dput_and_out:
/* we mustn't call path_put() as that would clear mnt_expiry_mark */
dput(path.dentry);
- mntput_no_expire(path.mnt);
+ mntput_no_expire(mnt);
out:
return retval;
}
@@ -1401,10 +1201,10 @@ static int mount_is_safe(struct path *path)
#endif
}
-struct vfsmount *copy_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
+struct mount *copy_tree(struct mount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
int flag)
{
- struct vfsmount *res, *p, *q, *r, *s;
+ struct mount *res, *p, *q, *r;
struct path path;
if (!(flag & CL_COPY_ALL) && IS_MNT_UNBINDABLE(mnt))
@@ -1417,6 +1217,7 @@ struct vfsmount *copy_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
p = mnt;
list_for_each_entry(r, &mnt->mnt_mounts, mnt_child) {
+ struct mount *s;
if (!is_subdir(r->mnt_mountpoint, dentry))
continue;
@@ -1430,9 +1231,9 @@ struct vfsmount *copy_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
q = q->mnt_parent;
}
p = s;
- path.mnt = q;
+ path.mnt = &q->mnt;
path.dentry = p->mnt_mountpoint;
- q = clone_mnt(p, p->mnt_root, flag);
+ q = clone_mnt(p, p->mnt.mnt_root, flag);
if (!q)
goto Enomem;
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
@@ -1455,11 +1256,12 @@ Enomem:
struct vfsmount *collect_mounts(struct path *path)
{
- struct vfsmount *tree;
+ struct mount *tree;
down_write(&namespace_sem);
- tree = copy_tree(path->mnt, path->dentry, CL_COPY_ALL | CL_PRIVATE);
+ tree = copy_tree(real_mount(path->mnt), path->dentry,
+ CL_COPY_ALL | CL_PRIVATE);
up_write(&namespace_sem);
- return tree;
+ return tree ? &tree->mnt : NULL;
}
void drop_collected_mounts(struct vfsmount *mnt)
@@ -1467,7 +1269,7 @@ void drop_collected_mounts(struct vfsmount *mnt)
LIST_HEAD(umount_list);
down_write(&namespace_sem);
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- umount_tree(mnt, 0, &umount_list);
+ umount_tree(real_mount(mnt), 0, &umount_list);
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
up_write(&namespace_sem);
release_mounts(&umount_list);
@@ -1476,21 +1278,21 @@ void drop_collected_mounts(struct vfsmount *mnt)
int iterate_mounts(int (*f)(struct vfsmount *, void *), void *arg,
struct vfsmount *root)
{
- struct vfsmount *mnt;
+ struct mount *mnt;
int res = f(root, arg);
if (res)
return res;
- list_for_each_entry(mnt, &root->mnt_list, mnt_list) {
- res = f(mnt, arg);
+ list_for_each_entry(mnt, &real_mount(root)->mnt_list, mnt_list) {
+ res = f(&mnt->mnt, arg);
if (res)
return res;
}
return 0;
}
-static void cleanup_group_ids(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct vfsmount *end)
+static void cleanup_group_ids(struct mount *mnt, struct mount *end)
{
- struct vfsmount *p;
+ struct mount *p;
for (p = mnt; p != end; p = next_mnt(p, mnt)) {
if (p->mnt_group_id && !IS_MNT_SHARED(p))
@@ -1498,9 +1300,9 @@ static void cleanup_group_ids(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct vfsmount *end)
}
}
-static int invent_group_ids(struct vfsmount *mnt, bool recurse)
+static int invent_group_ids(struct mount *mnt, bool recurse)
{
- struct vfsmount *p;
+ struct mount *p;
for (p = mnt; p; p = recurse ? next_mnt(p, mnt) : NULL) {
if (!p->mnt_group_id && !IS_MNT_SHARED(p)) {
@@ -1578,13 +1380,13 @@ static int invent_group_ids(struct vfsmount *mnt, bool recurse)
* Must be called without spinlocks held, since this function can sleep
* in allocations.
*/
-static int attach_recursive_mnt(struct vfsmount *source_mnt,
+static int attach_recursive_mnt(struct mount *source_mnt,
struct path *path, struct path *parent_path)
{
LIST_HEAD(tree_list);
- struct vfsmount *dest_mnt = path->mnt;
+ struct mount *dest_mnt = real_mount(path->mnt);
struct dentry *dest_dentry = path->dentry;
- struct vfsmount *child, *p;
+ struct mount *child, *p;
int err;
if (IS_MNT_SHARED(dest_mnt)) {
@@ -1605,7 +1407,7 @@ static int attach_recursive_mnt(struct vfsmount *source_mnt,
if (parent_path) {
detach_mnt(source_mnt, parent_path);
attach_mnt(source_mnt, path);
- touch_mnt_namespace(parent_path->mnt->mnt_ns);
+ touch_mnt_namespace(source_mnt->mnt_ns);
} else {
mnt_set_mountpoint(dest_mnt, dest_dentry, source_mnt);
commit_tree(source_mnt);
@@ -1653,13 +1455,13 @@ static void unlock_mount(struct path *path)
mutex_unlock(&path->dentry->d_inode->i_mutex);
}
-static int graft_tree(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct path *path)
+static int graft_tree(struct mount *mnt, struct path *path)
{
- if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_NOUSER)
+ if (mnt->mnt.mnt_sb->s_flags & MS_NOUSER)
return -EINVAL;
if (S_ISDIR(path->dentry->d_inode->i_mode) !=
- S_ISDIR(mnt->mnt_root->d_inode->i_mode))
+ S_ISDIR(mnt->mnt.mnt_root->d_inode->i_mode))
return -ENOTDIR;
if (d_unlinked(path->dentry))
@@ -1690,7 +1492,8 @@ static int flags_to_propagation_type(int flags)
*/
static int do_change_type(struct path *path, int flag)
{
- struct vfsmount *m, *mnt = path->mnt;
+ struct mount *m;
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(path->mnt);
int recurse = flag & MS_REC;
int type;
int err = 0;
@@ -1730,7 +1533,7 @@ static int do_loopback(struct path *path, char *old_name,
{
LIST_HEAD(umount_list);
struct path old_path;
- struct vfsmount *mnt = NULL;
+ struct mount *mnt = NULL, *old;
int err = mount_is_safe(path);
if (err)
return err;
@@ -1744,18 +1547,20 @@ static int do_loopback(struct path *path, char *old_name,
if (err)
goto out;
+ old = real_mount(old_path.mnt);
+
err = -EINVAL;
- if (IS_MNT_UNBINDABLE(old_path.mnt))
+ if (IS_MNT_UNBINDABLE(old))
goto out2;
- if (!check_mnt(path->mnt) || !check_mnt(old_path.mnt))
+ if (!check_mnt(real_mount(path->mnt)) || !check_mnt(old))
goto out2;
err = -ENOMEM;
if (recurse)
- mnt = copy_tree(old_path.mnt, old_path.dentry, 0);
+ mnt = copy_tree(old, old_path.dentry, 0);
else
- mnt = clone_mnt(old_path.mnt, old_path.dentry, 0);
+ mnt = clone_mnt(old, old_path.dentry, 0);
if (!mnt)
goto out2;
@@ -1785,9 +1590,9 @@ static int change_mount_flags(struct vfsmount *mnt, int ms_flags)
return 0;
if (readonly_request)
- error = mnt_make_readonly(mnt);
+ error = mnt_make_readonly(real_mount(mnt));
else
- __mnt_unmake_readonly(mnt);
+ __mnt_unmake_readonly(real_mount(mnt));
return error;
}
@@ -1801,11 +1606,12 @@ static int do_remount(struct path *path, int flags, int mnt_flags,
{
int err;
struct super_block *sb = path->mnt->mnt_sb;
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(path->mnt);
if (!capable(CAP_SYS_ADMIN))
return -EPERM;
- if (!check_mnt(path->mnt))
+ if (!check_mnt(mnt))
return -EINVAL;
if (path->dentry != path->mnt->mnt_root)
@@ -1822,22 +1628,22 @@ static int do_remount(struct path *path, int flags, int mnt_flags,
err = do_remount_sb(sb, flags, data, 0);
if (!err) {
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- mnt_flags |= path->mnt->mnt_flags & MNT_PROPAGATION_MASK;
- path->mnt->mnt_flags = mnt_flags;
+ mnt_flags |= mnt->mnt.mnt_flags & MNT_PROPAGATION_MASK;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags = mnt_flags;
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
}
up_write(&sb->s_umount);
if (!err) {
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- touch_mnt_namespace(path->mnt->mnt_ns);
+ touch_mnt_namespace(mnt->mnt_ns);
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
}
return err;
}
-static inline int tree_contains_unbindable(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static inline int tree_contains_unbindable(struct mount *mnt)
{
- struct vfsmount *p;
+ struct mount *p;
for (p = mnt; p; p = next_mnt(p, mnt)) {
if (IS_MNT_UNBINDABLE(p))
return 1;
@@ -1848,7 +1654,8 @@ static inline int tree_contains_unbindable(struct vfsmount *mnt)
static int do_move_mount(struct path *path, char *old_name)
{
struct path old_path, parent_path;
- struct vfsmount *p;
+ struct mount *p;
+ struct mount *old;
int err = 0;
if (!capable(CAP_SYS_ADMIN))
return -EPERM;
@@ -1862,8 +1669,11 @@ static int do_move_mount(struct path *path, char *old_name)
if (err < 0)
goto out;
+ old = real_mount(old_path.mnt);
+ p = real_mount(path->mnt);
+
err = -EINVAL;
- if (!check_mnt(path->mnt) || !check_mnt(old_path.mnt))
+ if (!check_mnt(p) || !check_mnt(old))
goto out1;
if (d_unlinked(path->dentry))
@@ -1873,7 +1683,7 @@ static int do_move_mount(struct path *path, char *old_name)
if (old_path.dentry != old_path.mnt->mnt_root)
goto out1;
- if (!mnt_has_parent(old_path.mnt))
+ if (!mnt_has_parent(old))
goto out1;
if (S_ISDIR(path->dentry->d_inode->i_mode) !=
@@ -1882,27 +1692,26 @@ static int do_move_mount(struct path *path, char *old_name)
/*
* Don't move a mount residing in a shared parent.
*/
- if (IS_MNT_SHARED(old_path.mnt->mnt_parent))
+ if (IS_MNT_SHARED(old->mnt_parent))
goto out1;
/*
* Don't move a mount tree containing unbindable mounts to a destination
* mount which is shared.
*/
- if (IS_MNT_SHARED(path->mnt) &&
- tree_contains_unbindable(old_path.mnt))
+ if (IS_MNT_SHARED(p) && tree_contains_unbindable(old))
goto out1;
err = -ELOOP;
- for (p = path->mnt; mnt_has_parent(p); p = p->mnt_parent)
- if (p == old_path.mnt)
+ for (; mnt_has_parent(p); p = p->mnt_parent)
+ if (p == old)
goto out1;
- err = attach_recursive_mnt(old_path.mnt, path, &parent_path);
+ err = attach_recursive_mnt(old, path, &parent_path);
if (err)
goto out1;
/* if the mount is moved, it should no longer be expire
* automatically */
- list_del_init(&old_path.mnt->mnt_expire);
+ list_del_init(&old->mnt_expire);
out1:
unlock_mount(path);
out:
@@ -1953,7 +1762,7 @@ do_kern_mount(const char *fstype, int flags, const char *name, void *data)
/*
* add a mount into a namespace's mount tree
*/
-static int do_add_mount(struct vfsmount *newmnt, struct path *path, int mnt_flags)
+static int do_add_mount(struct mount *newmnt, struct path *path, int mnt_flags)
{
int err;
@@ -1964,20 +1773,20 @@ static int do_add_mount(struct vfsmount *newmnt, struct path *path, int mnt_flag
return err;
err = -EINVAL;
- if (!(mnt_flags & MNT_SHRINKABLE) && !check_mnt(path->mnt))
+ if (!(mnt_flags & MNT_SHRINKABLE) && !check_mnt(real_mount(path->mnt)))
goto unlock;
/* Refuse the same filesystem on the same mount point */
err = -EBUSY;
- if (path->mnt->mnt_sb == newmnt->mnt_sb &&
+ if (path->mnt->mnt_sb == newmnt->mnt.mnt_sb &&
path->mnt->mnt_root == path->dentry)
goto unlock;
err = -EINVAL;
- if (S_ISLNK(newmnt->mnt_root->d_inode->i_mode))
+ if (S_ISLNK(newmnt->mnt.mnt_root->d_inode->i_mode))
goto unlock;
- newmnt->mnt_flags = mnt_flags;
+ newmnt->mnt.mnt_flags = mnt_flags;
err = graft_tree(newmnt, path);
unlock:
@@ -2006,7 +1815,7 @@ static int do_new_mount(struct path *path, char *type, int flags,
if (IS_ERR(mnt))
return PTR_ERR(mnt);
- err = do_add_mount(mnt, path, mnt_flags);
+ err = do_add_mount(real_mount(mnt), path, mnt_flags);
if (err)
mntput(mnt);
return err;
@@ -2014,11 +1823,12 @@ static int do_new_mount(struct path *path, char *type, int flags,
int finish_automount(struct vfsmount *m, struct path *path)
{
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(m);
int err;
/* The new mount record should have at least 2 refs to prevent it being
* expired before we get a chance to add it
*/
- BUG_ON(mnt_get_count(m) < 2);
+ BUG_ON(mnt_get_count(mnt) < 2);
if (m->mnt_sb == path->mnt->mnt_sb &&
m->mnt_root == path->dentry) {
@@ -2026,15 +1836,15 @@ int finish_automount(struct vfsmount *m, struct path *path)
goto fail;
}
- err = do_add_mount(m, path, path->mnt->mnt_flags | MNT_SHRINKABLE);
+ err = do_add_mount(mnt, path, path->mnt->mnt_flags | MNT_SHRINKABLE);
if (!err)
return 0;
fail:
/* remove m from any expiration list it may be on */
- if (!list_empty(&m->mnt_expire)) {
+ if (!list_empty(&mnt->mnt_expire)) {
down_write(&namespace_sem);
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- list_del_init(&m->mnt_expire);
+ list_del_init(&mnt->mnt_expire);
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
up_write(&namespace_sem);
}
@@ -2053,7 +1863,7 @@ void mnt_set_expiry(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct list_head *expiry_list)
down_write(&namespace_sem);
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- list_add_tail(&mnt->mnt_expire, expiry_list);
+ list_add_tail(&real_mount(mnt)->mnt_expire, expiry_list);
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
up_write(&namespace_sem);
@@ -2067,7 +1877,7 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(mnt_set_expiry);
*/
void mark_mounts_for_expiry(struct list_head *mounts)
{
- struct vfsmount *mnt, *next;
+ struct mount *mnt, *next;
LIST_HEAD(graveyard);
LIST_HEAD(umounts);
@@ -2090,7 +1900,7 @@ void mark_mounts_for_expiry(struct list_head *mounts)
list_move(&mnt->mnt_expire, &graveyard);
}
while (!list_empty(&graveyard)) {
- mnt = list_first_entry(&graveyard, struct vfsmount, mnt_expire);
+ mnt = list_first_entry(&graveyard, struct mount, mnt_expire);
touch_mnt_namespace(mnt->mnt_ns);
umount_tree(mnt, 1, &umounts);
}
@@ -2108,9 +1918,9 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL_GPL(mark_mounts_for_expiry);
* search the list of submounts for a given mountpoint, and move any
* shrinkable submounts to the 'graveyard' list.
*/
-static int select_submounts(struct vfsmount *parent, struct list_head *graveyard)
+static int select_submounts(struct mount *parent, struct list_head *graveyard)
{
- struct vfsmount *this_parent = parent;
+ struct mount *this_parent = parent;
struct list_head *next;
int found = 0;
@@ -2119,10 +1929,10 @@ repeat:
resume:
while (next != &this_parent->mnt_mounts) {
struct list_head *tmp = next;
- struct vfsmount *mnt = list_entry(tmp, struct vfsmount, mnt_child);
+ struct mount *mnt = list_entry(tmp, struct mount, mnt_child);
next = tmp->next;
- if (!(mnt->mnt_flags & MNT_SHRINKABLE))
+ if (!(mnt->mnt.mnt_flags & MNT_SHRINKABLE))
continue;
/*
* Descend a level if the d_mounts list is non-empty.
@@ -2154,15 +1964,15 @@ resume:
*
* vfsmount_lock must be held for write
*/
-static void shrink_submounts(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct list_head *umounts)
+static void shrink_submounts(struct mount *mnt, struct list_head *umounts)
{
LIST_HEAD(graveyard);
- struct vfsmount *m;
+ struct mount *m;
/* extract submounts of 'mountpoint' from the expiration list */
while (select_submounts(mnt, &graveyard)) {
while (!list_empty(&graveyard)) {
- m = list_first_entry(&graveyard, struct vfsmount,
+ m = list_first_entry(&graveyard, struct mount,
mnt_expire);
touch_mnt_namespace(m->mnt_ns);
umount_tree(m, 1, umounts);
@@ -2349,12 +2159,13 @@ static struct mnt_namespace *alloc_mnt_ns(void)
void mnt_make_longterm(struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
- __mnt_make_longterm(mnt);
+ __mnt_make_longterm(real_mount(mnt));
}
-void mnt_make_shortterm(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+void mnt_make_shortterm(struct vfsmount *m)
{
#ifdef CONFIG_SMP
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(m);
if (atomic_add_unless(&mnt->mnt_longterm, -1, 1))
return;
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
@@ -2372,7 +2183,9 @@ static struct mnt_namespace *dup_mnt_ns(struct mnt_namespace *mnt_ns,
{
struct mnt_namespace *new_ns;
struct vfsmount *rootmnt = NULL, *pwdmnt = NULL;
- struct vfsmount *p, *q;
+ struct mount *p, *q;
+ struct mount *old = mnt_ns->root;
+ struct mount *new;
new_ns = alloc_mnt_ns();
if (IS_ERR(new_ns))
@@ -2380,15 +2193,15 @@ static struct mnt_namespace *dup_mnt_ns(struct mnt_namespace *mnt_ns,
down_write(&namespace_sem);
/* First pass: copy the tree topology */
- new_ns->root = copy_tree(mnt_ns->root, mnt_ns->root->mnt_root,
- CL_COPY_ALL | CL_EXPIRE);
- if (!new_ns->root) {
+ new = copy_tree(old, old->mnt.mnt_root, CL_COPY_ALL | CL_EXPIRE);
+ if (!new) {
up_write(&namespace_sem);
kfree(new_ns);
return ERR_PTR(-ENOMEM);
}
+ new_ns->root = new;
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- list_add_tail(&new_ns->list, &new_ns->root->mnt_list);
+ list_add_tail(&new_ns->list, &new->mnt_list);
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
/*
@@ -2396,27 +2209,27 @@ static struct mnt_namespace *dup_mnt_ns(struct mnt_namespace *mnt_ns,
* as belonging to new namespace. We have already acquired a private
* fs_struct, so tsk->fs->lock is not needed.
*/
- p = mnt_ns->root;
- q = new_ns->root;
+ p = old;
+ q = new;
while (p) {
q->mnt_ns = new_ns;
__mnt_make_longterm(q);
if (fs) {
- if (p == fs->root.mnt) {
- fs->root.mnt = mntget(q);
+ if (&p->mnt == fs->root.mnt) {
+ fs->root.mnt = mntget(&q->mnt);
__mnt_make_longterm(q);
- mnt_make_shortterm(p);
- rootmnt = p;
+ mnt_make_shortterm(&p->mnt);
+ rootmnt = &p->mnt;
}
- if (p == fs->pwd.mnt) {
- fs->pwd.mnt = mntget(q);
+ if (&p->mnt == fs->pwd.mnt) {
+ fs->pwd.mnt = mntget(&q->mnt);
__mnt_make_longterm(q);
- mnt_make_shortterm(p);
- pwdmnt = p;
+ mnt_make_shortterm(&p->mnt);
+ pwdmnt = &p->mnt;
}
}
- p = next_mnt(p, mnt_ns->root);
- q = next_mnt(q, new_ns->root);
+ p = next_mnt(p, old);
+ q = next_mnt(q, new);
}
up_write(&namespace_sem);
@@ -2449,18 +2262,17 @@ struct mnt_namespace *copy_mnt_ns(unsigned long flags, struct mnt_namespace *ns,
* create_mnt_ns - creates a private namespace and adds a root filesystem
* @mnt: pointer to the new root filesystem mountpoint
*/
-static struct mnt_namespace *create_mnt_ns(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static struct mnt_namespace *create_mnt_ns(struct vfsmount *m)
{
- struct mnt_namespace *new_ns;
-
- new_ns = alloc_mnt_ns();
+ struct mnt_namespace *new_ns = alloc_mnt_ns();
if (!IS_ERR(new_ns)) {
+ struct mount *mnt = real_mount(m);
mnt->mnt_ns = new_ns;
__mnt_make_longterm(mnt);
new_ns->root = mnt;
- list_add(&new_ns->list, &new_ns->root->mnt_list);
+ list_add(&new_ns->list, &mnt->mnt_list);
} else {
- mntput(mnt);
+ mntput(m);
}
return new_ns;
}
@@ -2541,21 +2353,21 @@ out_type:
*
* namespace_sem or vfsmount_lock is held
*/
-bool is_path_reachable(struct vfsmount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
+bool is_path_reachable(struct mount *mnt, struct dentry *dentry,
const struct path *root)
{
- while (mnt != root->mnt && mnt_has_parent(mnt)) {
+ while (&mnt->mnt != root->mnt && mnt_has_parent(mnt)) {
dentry = mnt->mnt_mountpoint;
mnt = mnt->mnt_parent;
}
- return mnt == root->mnt && is_subdir(dentry, root->dentry);
+ return &mnt->mnt == root->mnt && is_subdir(dentry, root->dentry);
}
int path_is_under(struct path *path1, struct path *path2)
{
int res;
br_read_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- res = is_path_reachable(path1->mnt, path1->dentry, path2);
+ res = is_path_reachable(real_mount(path1->mnt), path1->dentry, path2);
br_read_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
return res;
}
@@ -2590,6 +2402,7 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE2(pivot_root, const char __user *, new_root,
const char __user *, put_old)
{
struct path new, old, parent_path, root_parent, root;
+ struct mount *new_mnt, *root_mnt;
int error;
if (!capable(CAP_SYS_ADMIN))
@@ -2613,11 +2426,13 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE2(pivot_root, const char __user *, new_root,
goto out3;
error = -EINVAL;
- if (IS_MNT_SHARED(old.mnt) ||
- IS_MNT_SHARED(new.mnt->mnt_parent) ||
- IS_MNT_SHARED(root.mnt->mnt_parent))
+ new_mnt = real_mount(new.mnt);
+ root_mnt = real_mount(root.mnt);
+ if (IS_MNT_SHARED(real_mount(old.mnt)) ||
+ IS_MNT_SHARED(new_mnt->mnt_parent) ||
+ IS_MNT_SHARED(root_mnt->mnt_parent))
goto out4;
- if (!check_mnt(root.mnt) || !check_mnt(new.mnt))
+ if (!check_mnt(root_mnt) || !check_mnt(new_mnt))
goto out4;
error = -ENOENT;
if (d_unlinked(new.dentry))
@@ -2631,22 +2446,22 @@ SYSCALL_DEFINE2(pivot_root, const char __user *, new_root,
error = -EINVAL;
if (root.mnt->mnt_root != root.dentry)
goto out4; /* not a mountpoint */
- if (!mnt_has_parent(root.mnt))
+ if (!mnt_has_parent(root_mnt))
goto out4; /* not attached */
if (new.mnt->mnt_root != new.dentry)
goto out4; /* not a mountpoint */
- if (!mnt_has_parent(new.mnt))
+ if (!mnt_has_parent(new_mnt))
goto out4; /* not attached */
/* make sure we can reach put_old from new_root */
- if (!is_path_reachable(old.mnt, old.dentry, &new))
+ if (!is_path_reachable(real_mount(old.mnt), old.dentry, &new))
goto out4;
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
- detach_mnt(new.mnt, &parent_path);
- detach_mnt(root.mnt, &root_parent);
+ detach_mnt(new_mnt, &parent_path);
+ detach_mnt(root_mnt, &root_parent);
/* mount old root on put_old */
- attach_mnt(root.mnt, &old);
+ attach_mnt(root_mnt, &old);
/* mount new_root on / */
- attach_mnt(new.mnt, &root_parent);
+ attach_mnt(new_mnt, &root_parent);
touch_mnt_namespace(current->nsproxy->mnt_ns);
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
chroot_fs_refs(&root, &new);
@@ -2684,8 +2499,8 @@ static void __init init_mount_tree(void)
init_task.nsproxy->mnt_ns = ns;
get_mnt_ns(ns);
- root.mnt = ns->root;
- root.dentry = ns->root->mnt_root;
+ root.mnt = mnt;
+ root.dentry = mnt->mnt_root;
set_fs_pwd(current->fs, &root);
set_fs_root(current->fs, &root);
@@ -2698,7 +2513,7 @@ void __init mnt_init(void)
init_rwsem(&namespace_sem);
- mnt_cache = kmem_cache_create("mnt_cache", sizeof(struct vfsmount),
+ mnt_cache = kmem_cache_create("mnt_cache", sizeof(struct mount),
0, SLAB_HWCACHE_ALIGN | SLAB_PANIC, NULL);
mount_hashtable = (struct list_head *)__get_free_page(GFP_ATOMIC);
@@ -2766,5 +2581,5 @@ EXPORT_SYMBOL(kern_unmount);
bool our_mnt(struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
- return check_mnt(mnt);
+ return check_mnt(real_mount(mnt));
}
diff --git a/fs/notify/fanotify/fanotify_user.c b/fs/notify/fanotify/fanotify_user.c
index 9fde1c00a296..3568c8a8b138 100644
--- a/fs/notify/fanotify/fanotify_user.c
+++ b/fs/notify/fanotify/fanotify_user.c
@@ -16,6 +16,8 @@
#include <asm/ioctls.h>
+#include "../../mount.h"
+
#define FANOTIFY_DEFAULT_MAX_EVENTS 16384
#define FANOTIFY_DEFAULT_MAX_MARKS 8192
#define FANOTIFY_DEFAULT_MAX_LISTENERS 128
@@ -546,7 +548,7 @@ static int fanotify_remove_vfsmount_mark(struct fsnotify_group *group,
removed = fanotify_mark_remove_from_mask(fsn_mark, mask, flags);
fsnotify_put_mark(fsn_mark);
- if (removed & mnt->mnt_fsnotify_mask)
+ if (removed & real_mount(mnt)->mnt_fsnotify_mask)
fsnotify_recalc_vfsmount_mask(mnt);
return 0;
@@ -623,7 +625,7 @@ static int fanotify_add_vfsmount_mark(struct fsnotify_group *group,
}
added = fanotify_mark_add_to_mask(fsn_mark, mask, flags);
- if (added & ~mnt->mnt_fsnotify_mask)
+ if (added & ~real_mount(mnt)->mnt_fsnotify_mask)
fsnotify_recalc_vfsmount_mask(mnt);
err:
fsnotify_put_mark(fsn_mark);
diff --git a/fs/notify/fsnotify.c b/fs/notify/fsnotify.c
index 79b47cbb5cd8..ccb14d3fc0de 100644
--- a/fs/notify/fsnotify.c
+++ b/fs/notify/fsnotify.c
@@ -26,6 +26,7 @@
#include <linux/fsnotify_backend.h>
#include "fsnotify.h"
+#include "../mount.h"
/*
* Clear all of the marks on an inode when it is being evicted from core
@@ -205,13 +206,13 @@ int fsnotify(struct inode *to_tell, __u32 mask, void *data, int data_is,
struct fsnotify_mark *inode_mark = NULL, *vfsmount_mark = NULL;
struct fsnotify_group *inode_group, *vfsmount_group;
struct fsnotify_event *event = NULL;
- struct vfsmount *mnt;
+ struct mount *mnt;
int idx, ret = 0;
/* global tests shouldn't care about events on child only the specific event */
__u32 test_mask = (mask & ~FS_EVENT_ON_CHILD);
if (data_is == FSNOTIFY_EVENT_PATH)
- mnt = ((struct path *)data)->mnt;
+ mnt = real_mount(((struct path *)data)->mnt);
else
mnt = NULL;
@@ -262,11 +263,11 @@ int fsnotify(struct inode *to_tell, __u32 mask, void *data, int data_is,
/* we didn't use the vfsmount_mark */
vfsmount_group = NULL;
} else if (vfsmount_group > inode_group) {
- ret = send_to_group(to_tell, mnt, NULL, vfsmount_mark, mask, data,
+ ret = send_to_group(to_tell, &mnt->mnt, NULL, vfsmount_mark, mask, data,
data_is, cookie, file_name, &event);
inode_group = NULL;
} else {
- ret = send_to_group(to_tell, mnt, inode_mark, vfsmount_mark,
+ ret = send_to_group(to_tell, &mnt->mnt, inode_mark, vfsmount_mark,
mask, data, data_is, cookie, file_name,
&event);
}
diff --git a/fs/notify/vfsmount_mark.c b/fs/notify/vfsmount_mark.c
index 778fe6cae3b0..b7b4b0e8554f 100644
--- a/fs/notify/vfsmount_mark.c
+++ b/fs/notify/vfsmount_mark.c
@@ -28,15 +28,17 @@
#include <linux/fsnotify_backend.h>
#include "fsnotify.h"
+#include "../mount.h"
void fsnotify_clear_marks_by_mount(struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
struct fsnotify_mark *mark, *lmark;
struct hlist_node *pos, *n;
+ struct mount *m = real_mount(mnt);
LIST_HEAD(free_list);
spin_lock(&mnt->mnt_root->d_lock);
- hlist_for_each_entry_safe(mark, pos, n, &mnt->mnt_fsnotify_marks, m.m_list) {
+ hlist_for_each_entry_safe(mark, pos, n, &m->mnt_fsnotify_marks, m.m_list) {
list_add(&mark->m.free_m_list, &free_list);
hlist_del_init_rcu(&mark->m.m_list);
fsnotify_get_mark(mark);
@@ -59,15 +61,16 @@ void fsnotify_clear_vfsmount_marks_by_group(struct fsnotify_group *group)
*/
static void fsnotify_recalc_vfsmount_mask_locked(struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
+ struct mount *m = real_mount(mnt);
struct fsnotify_mark *mark;
struct hlist_node *pos;
__u32 new_mask = 0;
assert_spin_locked(&mnt->mnt_root->d_lock);
- hlist_for_each_entry(mark, pos, &mnt->mnt_fsnotify_marks, m.m_list)
+ hlist_for_each_entry(mark, pos, &m->mnt_fsnotify_marks, m.m_list)
new_mask |= mark->mask;
- mnt->mnt_fsnotify_mask = new_mask;
+ m->mnt_fsnotify_mask = new_mask;
}
/*
@@ -101,12 +104,13 @@ void fsnotify_destroy_vfsmount_mark(struct fsnotify_mark *mark)
static struct fsnotify_mark *fsnotify_find_vfsmount_mark_locked(struct fsnotify_group *group,
struct vfsmount *mnt)
{
+ struct mount *m = real_mount(mnt);
struct fsnotify_mark *mark;
struct hlist_node *pos;
assert_spin_locked(&mnt->mnt_root->d_lock);
- hlist_for_each_entry(mark, pos, &mnt->mnt_fsnotify_marks, m.m_list) {
+ hlist_for_each_entry(mark, pos, &m->mnt_fsnotify_marks, m.m_list) {
if (mark->group == group) {
fsnotify_get_mark(mark);
return mark;
@@ -140,6 +144,7 @@ int fsnotify_add_vfsmount_mark(struct fsnotify_mark *mark,
struct fsnotify_group *group, struct vfsmount *mnt,
int allow_dups)
{
+ struct mount *m = real_mount(mnt);
struct fsnotify_mark *lmark;
struct hlist_node *node, *last = NULL;
int ret = 0;
@@ -154,13 +159,13 @@ int fsnotify_add_vfsmount_mark(struct fsnotify_mark *mark,
mark->m.mnt = mnt;
/* is mark the first mark? */
- if (hlist_empty(&mnt->mnt_fsnotify_marks)) {
- hlist_add_head_rcu(&mark->m.m_list, &mnt->mnt_fsnotify_marks);
+ if (hlist_empty(&m->mnt_fsnotify_marks)) {
+ hlist_add_head_rcu(&mark->m.m_list, &m->mnt_fsnotify_marks);
goto out;
}
/* should mark be in the middle of the current list? */
- hlist_for_each_entry(lmark, node, &mnt->mnt_fsnotify_marks, m.m_list) {
+ hlist_for_each_entry(lmark, node, &m->mnt_fsnotify_marks, m.m_list) {
last = node;
if ((lmark->group == group) && !allow_dups) {
diff --git a/fs/partitions/Kconfig b/fs/partitions/Kconfig
deleted file mode 100644
index cb5f0a3f1b03..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/Kconfig
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,251 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Partition configuration
-#
-config PARTITION_ADVANCED
- bool "Advanced partition selection"
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned under an operating system running on a different
- architecture than your Linux system.
-
- Note that the answer to this question won't directly affect the
- kernel: saying N will just cause the configurator to skip all
- the questions about foreign partitioning schemes.
-
- If unsure, say N.
-
-config ACORN_PARTITION
- bool "Acorn partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ARCH_ACORN
- help
- Support hard disks partitioned under Acorn operating systems.
-
-config ACORN_PARTITION_CUMANA
- bool "Cumana partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ARCH_ACORN
- depends on ACORN_PARTITION
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned using the Cumana interface on Acorn machines.
-
-config ACORN_PARTITION_EESOX
- bool "EESOX partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ARCH_ACORN
- depends on ACORN_PARTITION
-
-config ACORN_PARTITION_ICS
- bool "ICS partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ARCH_ACORN
- depends on ACORN_PARTITION
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned using the ICS interface on Acorn machines.
-
-config ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS
- bool "Native filecore partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ARCH_ACORN
- depends on ACORN_PARTITION
- help
- The Acorn Disc Filing System is the standard file system of the
- RiscOS operating system which runs on Acorn's ARM-based Risc PC
- systems and the Acorn Archimedes range of machines. If you say
- `Y' here, Linux will support disk partitions created under ADFS.
-
-config ACORN_PARTITION_POWERTEC
- bool "PowerTec partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ARCH_ACORN
- depends on ACORN_PARTITION
- help
- Support reading partition tables created on Acorn machines using
- the PowerTec SCSI drive.
-
-config ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX
- bool "RISCiX partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ARCH_ACORN
- depends on ACORN_PARTITION
- help
- Once upon a time, there was a native Unix port for the Acorn series
- of machines called RISCiX. If you say 'Y' here, Linux will be able
- to read disks partitioned under RISCiX.
-
-config OSF_PARTITION
- bool "Alpha OSF partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ALPHA
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned on an Alpha machine.
-
-config AMIGA_PARTITION
- bool "Amiga partition table support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if (AMIGA || AFFS_FS=y)
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned under AmigaOS.
-
-config ATARI_PARTITION
- bool "Atari partition table support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if ATARI
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned under the Atari OS.
-
-config IBM_PARTITION
- bool "IBM disk label and partition support"
- depends on PARTITION_ADVANCED && S390
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk
- partition table format used by IBM DASD disks operating under CMS.
- Otherwise, say N.
-
-config MAC_PARTITION
- bool "Macintosh partition map support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if (MAC || PPC_PMAC)
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned on a Macintosh.
-
-config MSDOS_PARTITION
- bool "PC BIOS (MSDOS partition tables) support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y
- help
- Say Y here.
-
-config BSD_DISKLABEL
- bool "BSD disklabel (FreeBSD partition tables) support"
- depends on PARTITION_ADVANCED && MSDOS_PARTITION
- help
- FreeBSD uses its own hard disk partition scheme on your PC. It
- requires only one entry in the primary partition table of your disk
- and manages it similarly to DOS extended partitions, putting in its
- first sector a new partition table in BSD disklabel format. Saying Y
- here allows you to read these disklabels and further mount FreeBSD
- partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS
- file system support", above. If you don't know what all this is
- about, say N.
-
-config MINIX_SUBPARTITION
- bool "Minix subpartition support"
- depends on PARTITION_ADVANCED && MSDOS_PARTITION
- help
- Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2 subpartition table support for Linux.
- Say Y here if you want to mount and use Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2
- subpartitions.
-
-config SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION
- bool "Solaris (x86) partition table support"
- depends on PARTITION_ADVANCED && MSDOS_PARTITION
- help
- Like most systems, Solaris x86 uses its own hard disk partition
- table format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you
- to read these partition tables and further mount Solaris x86
- partitions from within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS
- file system support", above.
-
-config UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL
- bool "Unixware slices support"
- depends on PARTITION_ADVANCED && MSDOS_PARTITION
- ---help---
- Like some systems, UnixWare uses its own slice table inside a
- partition (VTOC - Virtual Table of Contents). Its format is
- incompatible with all other OSes. Saying Y here allows you to read
- VTOC and further mount UnixWare partitions read-only from within
- Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS file system support" or
- "System V and Coherent file system support", above.
-
- This is mainly used to carry data from a UnixWare box to your
- Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical, ZIP or
- removable IDE drives. Note, however, that a good portable way to
- transport files and directories between unixes (and even other
- operating systems) is given by the tar program ("man tar" or
- preferably "info tar").
-
- If you don't know what all this is about, say N.
-
-config LDM_PARTITION
- bool "Windows Logical Disk Manager (Dynamic Disk) support"
- depends on PARTITION_ADVANCED
- ---help---
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned using Windows 2000's/XP's or Vista's Logical Disk
- Manager. They are also known as "Dynamic Disks".
-
- Note this driver only supports Dynamic Disks with a protective MBR
- label, i.e. DOS partition table. It does not support GPT labelled
- Dynamic Disks yet as can be created with Vista.
-
- Windows 2000 introduced the concept of Dynamic Disks to get around
- the limitations of the PC's partitioning scheme. The Logical Disk
- Manager allows the user to repartition a disk and create spanned,
- mirrored, striped or RAID volumes, all without the need for
- rebooting.
-
- Normal partitions are now called Basic Disks under Windows 2000, XP,
- and Vista.
-
- For a fuller description read <file:Documentation/ldm.txt>.
-
- If unsure, say N.
-
-config LDM_DEBUG
- bool "Windows LDM extra logging"
- depends on LDM_PARTITION
- help
- Say Y here if you would like LDM to log verbosely. This could be
- helpful if the driver doesn't work as expected and you'd like to
- report a bug.
-
- If unsure, say N.
-
-config SGI_PARTITION
- bool "SGI partition support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if DEFAULT_SGI_PARTITION
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk
- partition table format used by SGI machines.
-
-config ULTRIX_PARTITION
- bool "Ultrix partition table support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if MACH_DECSTATION
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk
- partition table format used by DEC (now Compaq) Ultrix machines.
- Otherwise, say N.
-
-config SUN_PARTITION
- bool "Sun partition tables support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if (SPARC || SUN3 || SUN3X)
- ---help---
- Like most systems, SunOS uses its own hard disk partition table
- format, incompatible with all others. Saying Y here allows you to
- read these partition tables and further mount SunOS partitions from
- within Linux if you have also said Y to "UFS file system support",
- above. This is mainly used to carry data from a SPARC under SunOS to
- your Linux box via a removable medium like magneto-optical or ZIP
- drives; note however that a good portable way to transport files and
- directories between unixes (and even other operating systems) is
- given by the tar program ("man tar" or preferably "info tar"). If
- you don't know what all this is about, say N.
-
-config KARMA_PARTITION
- bool "Karma Partition support"
- depends on PARTITION_ADVANCED
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to mount the Rio Karma MP3 player, as it
- uses a proprietary partition table.
-
-config EFI_PARTITION
- bool "EFI GUID Partition support"
- depends on PARTITION_ADVANCED
- select CRC32
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to use hard disks under Linux which
- were partitioned using EFI GPT.
-
-config SYSV68_PARTITION
- bool "SYSV68 partition table support" if PARTITION_ADVANCED
- default y if VME
- help
- Say Y here if you would like to be able to read the hard disk
- partition table format used by Motorola Delta machines (using
- sysv68).
- Otherwise, say N.
diff --git a/fs/partitions/Makefile b/fs/partitions/Makefile
deleted file mode 100644
index 03af8eac51da..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/Makefile
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,20 +0,0 @@
-#
-# Makefile for the linux kernel.
-#
-
-obj-$(CONFIG_BLOCK) := check.o
-
-obj-$(CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION) += acorn.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION) += amiga.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION) += atari.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION) += mac.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION) += ldm.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION) += msdos.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION) += osf.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION) += sgi.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION) += sun.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION) += ultrix.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_IBM_PARTITION) += ibm.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION) += efi.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_KARMA_PARTITION) += karma.o
-obj-$(CONFIG_SYSV68_PARTITION) += sysv68.o
diff --git a/fs/partitions/acorn.c b/fs/partitions/acorn.c
deleted file mode 100644
index fbeb697374d5..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/acorn.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,556 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * linux/fs/partitions/acorn.c
- *
- * Copyright (c) 1996-2000 Russell King.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License version 2 as
- * published by the Free Software Foundation.
- *
- * Scan ADFS partitions on hard disk drives. Unfortunately, there
- * isn't a standard for partitioning drives on Acorn machines, so
- * every single manufacturer of SCSI and IDE cards created their own
- * method.
- */
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
-#include <linux/adfs_fs.h>
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "acorn.h"
-
-/*
- * Partition types. (Oh for reusability)
- */
-#define PARTITION_RISCIX_MFM 1
-#define PARTITION_RISCIX_SCSI 2
-#define PARTITION_LINUX 9
-
-#if defined(CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_CUMANA) || \
- defined(CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS)
-static struct adfs_discrecord *
-adfs_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state, char *name, char *data,
- unsigned long first_sector, int slot)
-{
- struct adfs_discrecord *dr;
- unsigned int nr_sects;
-
- if (adfs_checkbblk(data))
- return NULL;
-
- dr = (struct adfs_discrecord *)(data + 0x1c0);
-
- if (dr->disc_size == 0 && dr->disc_size_high == 0)
- return NULL;
-
- nr_sects = (le32_to_cpu(dr->disc_size_high) << 23) |
- (le32_to_cpu(dr->disc_size) >> 9);
-
- if (name) {
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " [", PAGE_SIZE);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, name, PAGE_SIZE);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "]", PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- put_partition(state, slot, first_sector, nr_sects);
- return dr;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX
-
-struct riscix_part {
- __le32 start;
- __le32 length;
- __le32 one;
- char name[16];
-};
-
-struct riscix_record {
- __le32 magic;
-#define RISCIX_MAGIC cpu_to_le32(0x4a657320)
- __le32 date;
- struct riscix_part part[8];
-};
-
-#if defined(CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_CUMANA) || \
- defined(CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS)
-static int riscix_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- unsigned long first_sect, int slot,
- unsigned long nr_sects)
-{
- Sector sect;
- struct riscix_record *rr;
-
- rr = read_part_sector(state, first_sect, &sect);
- if (!rr)
- return -1;
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " [RISCiX]", PAGE_SIZE);
-
-
- if (rr->magic == RISCIX_MAGIC) {
- unsigned long size = nr_sects > 2 ? 2 : nr_sects;
- int part;
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " <", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- put_partition(state, slot++, first_sect, size);
- for (part = 0; part < 8; part++) {
- if (rr->part[part].one &&
- memcmp(rr->part[part].name, "All\0", 4)) {
- put_partition(state, slot++,
- le32_to_cpu(rr->part[part].start),
- le32_to_cpu(rr->part[part].length));
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "(", PAGE_SIZE);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, rr->part[part].name, PAGE_SIZE);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, ")", PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- }
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- } else {
- put_partition(state, slot++, first_sect, nr_sects);
- }
-
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return slot;
-}
-#endif
-#endif
-
-#define LINUX_NATIVE_MAGIC 0xdeafa1de
-#define LINUX_SWAP_MAGIC 0xdeafab1e
-
-struct linux_part {
- __le32 magic;
- __le32 start_sect;
- __le32 nr_sects;
-};
-
-#if defined(CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_CUMANA) || \
- defined(CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS)
-static int linux_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- unsigned long first_sect, int slot,
- unsigned long nr_sects)
-{
- Sector sect;
- struct linux_part *linuxp;
- unsigned long size = nr_sects > 2 ? 2 : nr_sects;
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " [Linux]", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- put_partition(state, slot++, first_sect, size);
-
- linuxp = read_part_sector(state, first_sect, &sect);
- if (!linuxp)
- return -1;
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " <", PAGE_SIZE);
- while (linuxp->magic == cpu_to_le32(LINUX_NATIVE_MAGIC) ||
- linuxp->magic == cpu_to_le32(LINUX_SWAP_MAGIC)) {
- if (slot == state->limit)
- break;
- put_partition(state, slot++, first_sect +
- le32_to_cpu(linuxp->start_sect),
- le32_to_cpu(linuxp->nr_sects));
- linuxp ++;
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return slot;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_CUMANA
-int adfspart_check_CUMANA(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- unsigned long first_sector = 0;
- unsigned int start_blk = 0;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- char *name = "CUMANA/ADFS";
- int first = 1;
- int slot = 1;
-
- /*
- * Try Cumana style partitions - sector 6 contains ADFS boot block
- * with pointer to next 'drive'.
- *
- * There are unknowns in this code - is the 'cylinder number' of the
- * next partition relative to the start of this one - I'm assuming
- * it is.
- *
- * Also, which ID did Cumana use?
- *
- * This is totally unfinished, and will require more work to get it
- * going. Hence it is totally untested.
- */
- do {
- struct adfs_discrecord *dr;
- unsigned int nr_sects;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, start_blk * 2 + 6, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- if (slot == state->limit)
- break;
-
- dr = adfs_partition(state, name, data, first_sector, slot++);
- if (!dr)
- break;
-
- name = NULL;
-
- nr_sects = (data[0x1fd] + (data[0x1fe] << 8)) *
- (dr->heads + (dr->lowsector & 0x40 ? 1 : 0)) *
- dr->secspertrack;
-
- if (!nr_sects)
- break;
-
- first = 0;
- first_sector += nr_sects;
- start_blk += nr_sects >> (BLOCK_SIZE_BITS - 9);
- nr_sects = 0; /* hmm - should be partition size */
-
- switch (data[0x1fc] & 15) {
- case 0: /* No partition / ADFS? */
- break;
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX
- case PARTITION_RISCIX_SCSI:
- /* RISCiX - we don't know how to find the next one. */
- slot = riscix_partition(state, first_sector, slot,
- nr_sects);
- break;
-#endif
-
- case PARTITION_LINUX:
- slot = linux_partition(state, first_sector, slot,
- nr_sects);
- break;
- }
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- if (slot == -1)
- return -1;
- } while (1);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return first ? 0 : 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS
-/*
- * Purpose: allocate ADFS partitions.
- *
- * Params : hd - pointer to gendisk structure to store partition info.
- * dev - device number to access.
- *
- * Returns: -1 on error, 0 for no ADFS boot sector, 1 for ok.
- *
- * Alloc : hda = whole drive
- * hda1 = ADFS partition on first drive.
- * hda2 = non-ADFS partition.
- */
-int adfspart_check_ADFS(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- unsigned long start_sect, nr_sects, sectscyl, heads;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- struct adfs_discrecord *dr;
- unsigned char id;
- int slot = 1;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, 6, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- dr = adfs_partition(state, "ADFS", data, 0, slot++);
- if (!dr) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
-
- heads = dr->heads + ((dr->lowsector >> 6) & 1);
- sectscyl = dr->secspertrack * heads;
- start_sect = ((data[0x1fe] << 8) + data[0x1fd]) * sectscyl;
- id = data[0x1fc] & 15;
- put_dev_sector(sect);
-
- /*
- * Work out start of non-adfs partition.
- */
- nr_sects = (state->bdev->bd_inode->i_size >> 9) - start_sect;
-
- if (start_sect) {
- switch (id) {
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_RISCIX
- case PARTITION_RISCIX_SCSI:
- case PARTITION_RISCIX_MFM:
- slot = riscix_partition(state, start_sect, slot,
- nr_sects);
- break;
-#endif
-
- case PARTITION_LINUX:
- slot = linux_partition(state, start_sect, slot,
- nr_sects);
- break;
- }
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ICS
-
-struct ics_part {
- __le32 start;
- __le32 size;
-};
-
-static int adfspart_check_ICSLinux(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- unsigned long block)
-{
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data = read_part_sector(state, block, &sect);
- int result = 0;
-
- if (data) {
- if (memcmp(data, "LinuxPart", 9) == 0)
- result = 1;
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- }
-
- return result;
-}
-
-/*
- * Check for a valid ICS partition using the checksum.
- */
-static inline int valid_ics_sector(const unsigned char *data)
-{
- unsigned long sum;
- int i;
-
- for (i = 0, sum = 0x50617274; i < 508; i++)
- sum += data[i];
-
- sum -= le32_to_cpu(*(__le32 *)(&data[508]));
-
- return sum == 0;
-}
-
-/*
- * Purpose: allocate ICS partitions.
- * Params : hd - pointer to gendisk structure to store partition info.
- * dev - device number to access.
- * Returns: -1 on error, 0 for no ICS table, 1 for partitions ok.
- * Alloc : hda = whole drive
- * hda1 = ADFS partition 0 on first drive.
- * hda2 = ADFS partition 1 on first drive.
- * ..etc..
- */
-int adfspart_check_ICS(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- const unsigned char *data;
- const struct ics_part *p;
- int slot;
- Sector sect;
-
- /*
- * Try ICS style partitions - sector 0 contains partition info.
- */
- data = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- if (!valid_ics_sector(data)) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " [ICS]", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- for (slot = 1, p = (const struct ics_part *)data; p->size; p++) {
- u32 start = le32_to_cpu(p->start);
- s32 size = le32_to_cpu(p->size); /* yes, it's signed. */
-
- if (slot == state->limit)
- break;
-
- /*
- * Negative sizes tell the RISC OS ICS driver to ignore
- * this partition - in effect it says that this does not
- * contain an ADFS filesystem.
- */
- if (size < 0) {
- size = -size;
-
- /*
- * Our own extension - We use the first sector
- * of the partition to identify what type this
- * partition is. We must not make this visible
- * to the filesystem.
- */
- if (size > 1 && adfspart_check_ICSLinux(state, start)) {
- start += 1;
- size -= 1;
- }
- }
-
- if (size)
- put_partition(state, slot++, start, size);
- }
-
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_POWERTEC
-struct ptec_part {
- __le32 unused1;
- __le32 unused2;
- __le32 start;
- __le32 size;
- __le32 unused5;
- char type[8];
-};
-
-static inline int valid_ptec_sector(const unsigned char *data)
-{
- unsigned char checksum = 0x2a;
- int i;
-
- /*
- * If it looks like a PC/BIOS partition, then it
- * probably isn't PowerTec.
- */
- if (data[510] == 0x55 && data[511] == 0xaa)
- return 0;
-
- for (i = 0; i < 511; i++)
- checksum += data[i];
-
- return checksum == data[511];
-}
-
-/*
- * Purpose: allocate ICS partitions.
- * Params : hd - pointer to gendisk structure to store partition info.
- * dev - device number to access.
- * Returns: -1 on error, 0 for no ICS table, 1 for partitions ok.
- * Alloc : hda = whole drive
- * hda1 = ADFS partition 0 on first drive.
- * hda2 = ADFS partition 1 on first drive.
- * ..etc..
- */
-int adfspart_check_POWERTEC(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- Sector sect;
- const unsigned char *data;
- const struct ptec_part *p;
- int slot = 1;
- int i;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- if (!valid_ptec_sector(data)) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " [POWERTEC]", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- for (i = 0, p = (const struct ptec_part *)data; i < 12; i++, p++) {
- u32 start = le32_to_cpu(p->start);
- u32 size = le32_to_cpu(p->size);
-
- if (size)
- put_partition(state, slot++, start, size);
- }
-
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- return 1;
-}
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_EESOX
-struct eesox_part {
- char magic[6];
- char name[10];
- __le32 start;
- __le32 unused6;
- __le32 unused7;
- __le32 unused8;
-};
-
-/*
- * Guess who created this format?
- */
-static const char eesox_name[] = {
- 'N', 'e', 'i', 'l', ' ',
- 'C', 'r', 'i', 't', 'c', 'h', 'e', 'l', 'l', ' ', ' '
-};
-
-/*
- * EESOX SCSI partition format.
- *
- * This is a goddamned awful partition format. We don't seem to store
- * the size of the partition in this table, only the start addresses.
- *
- * There are two possibilities where the size comes from:
- * 1. The individual ADFS boot block entries that are placed on the disk.
- * 2. The start address of the next entry.
- */
-int adfspart_check_EESOX(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- Sector sect;
- const unsigned char *data;
- unsigned char buffer[256];
- struct eesox_part *p;
- sector_t start = 0;
- int i, slot = 1;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, 7, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- /*
- * "Decrypt" the partition table. God knows why...
- */
- for (i = 0; i < 256; i++)
- buffer[i] = data[i] ^ eesox_name[i & 15];
-
- put_dev_sector(sect);
-
- for (i = 0, p = (struct eesox_part *)buffer; i < 8; i++, p++) {
- sector_t next;
-
- if (memcmp(p->magic, "Eesox", 6))
- break;
-
- next = le32_to_cpu(p->start);
- if (i)
- put_partition(state, slot++, start, next - start);
- start = next;
- }
-
- if (i != 0) {
- sector_t size;
-
- size = get_capacity(state->bdev->bd_disk);
- put_partition(state, slot++, start, size - start);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- }
-
- return i ? 1 : 0;
-}
-#endif
diff --git a/fs/partitions/acorn.h b/fs/partitions/acorn.h
deleted file mode 100644
index ede828529692..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/acorn.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,14 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * linux/fs/partitions/acorn.h
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1996-2001 Russell King.
- *
- * I _hate_ this partitioning mess - why can't we have one defined
- * format, and everyone stick to it?
- */
-
-int adfspart_check_CUMANA(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-int adfspart_check_ADFS(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-int adfspart_check_ICS(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-int adfspart_check_POWERTEC(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-int adfspart_check_EESOX(struct parsed_partitions *state);
diff --git a/fs/partitions/amiga.c b/fs/partitions/amiga.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 70cbf44a1560..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/amiga.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,139 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/amiga.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1998 Linus Torvalds
- * Re-organised Feb 1998 Russell King
- */
-
-#include <linux/types.h>
-#include <linux/affs_hardblocks.h>
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "amiga.h"
-
-static __inline__ u32
-checksum_block(__be32 *m, int size)
-{
- u32 sum = 0;
-
- while (size--)
- sum += be32_to_cpu(*m++);
- return sum;
-}
-
-int amiga_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- struct RigidDiskBlock *rdb;
- struct PartitionBlock *pb;
- int start_sect, nr_sects, blk, part, res = 0;
- int blksize = 1; /* Multiplier for disk block size */
- int slot = 1;
- char b[BDEVNAME_SIZE];
-
- for (blk = 0; ; blk++, put_dev_sector(sect)) {
- if (blk == RDB_ALLOCATION_LIMIT)
- goto rdb_done;
- data = read_part_sector(state, blk, &sect);
- if (!data) {
- if (warn_no_part)
- printk("Dev %s: unable to read RDB block %d\n",
- bdevname(state->bdev, b), blk);
- res = -1;
- goto rdb_done;
- }
- if (*(__be32 *)data != cpu_to_be32(IDNAME_RIGIDDISK))
- continue;
-
- rdb = (struct RigidDiskBlock *)data;
- if (checksum_block((__be32 *)data, be32_to_cpu(rdb->rdb_SummedLongs) & 0x7F) == 0)
- break;
- /* Try again with 0xdc..0xdf zeroed, Windows might have
- * trashed it.
- */
- *(__be32 *)(data+0xdc) = 0;
- if (checksum_block((__be32 *)data,
- be32_to_cpu(rdb->rdb_SummedLongs) & 0x7F)==0) {
- printk("Warning: Trashed word at 0xd0 in block %d "
- "ignored in checksum calculation\n",blk);
- break;
- }
-
- printk("Dev %s: RDB in block %d has bad checksum\n",
- bdevname(state->bdev, b), blk);
- }
-
- /* blksize is blocks per 512 byte standard block */
- blksize = be32_to_cpu( rdb->rdb_BlockBytes ) / 512;
-
- {
- char tmp[7 + 10 + 1 + 1];
-
- /* Be more informative */
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " RDSK (%d)", blksize * 512);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- blk = be32_to_cpu(rdb->rdb_PartitionList);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- for (part = 1; blk>0 && part<=16; part++, put_dev_sector(sect)) {
- blk *= blksize; /* Read in terms partition table understands */
- data = read_part_sector(state, blk, &sect);
- if (!data) {
- if (warn_no_part)
- printk("Dev %s: unable to read partition block %d\n",
- bdevname(state->bdev, b), blk);
- res = -1;
- goto rdb_done;
- }
- pb = (struct PartitionBlock *)data;
- blk = be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Next);
- if (pb->pb_ID != cpu_to_be32(IDNAME_PARTITION))
- continue;
- if (checksum_block((__be32 *)pb, be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_SummedLongs) & 0x7F) != 0 )
- continue;
-
- /* Tell Kernel about it */
-
- nr_sects = (be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[10]) + 1 -
- be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[9])) *
- be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[3]) *
- be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[5]) *
- blksize;
- if (!nr_sects)
- continue;
- start_sect = be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[9]) *
- be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[3]) *
- be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[5]) *
- blksize;
- put_partition(state,slot++,start_sect,nr_sects);
- {
- /* Be even more informative to aid mounting */
- char dostype[4];
- char tmp[42];
-
- __be32 *dt = (__be32 *)dostype;
- *dt = pb->pb_Environment[16];
- if (dostype[3] < ' ')
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " (%c%c%c^%c)",
- dostype[0], dostype[1],
- dostype[2], dostype[3] + '@' );
- else
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " (%c%c%c%c)",
- dostype[0], dostype[1],
- dostype[2], dostype[3]);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "(res %d spb %d)",
- be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[6]),
- be32_to_cpu(pb->pb_Environment[4]));
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- res = 1;
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
-
-rdb_done:
- return res;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/amiga.h b/fs/partitions/amiga.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d094585cadaa..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/amiga.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,6 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/amiga.h
- */
-
-int amiga_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-
diff --git a/fs/partitions/atari.c b/fs/partitions/atari.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9875b05e80a2..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/atari.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,149 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/atari.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1998 Linus Torvalds
- * Re-organised Feb 1998 Russell King
- */
-
-#include <linux/ctype.h>
-#include "check.h"
-#include "atari.h"
-
-/* ++guenther: this should be settable by the user ("make config")?.
- */
-#define ICD_PARTS
-
-/* check if a partition entry looks valid -- Atari format is assumed if at
- least one of the primary entries is ok this way */
-#define VALID_PARTITION(pi,hdsiz) \
- (((pi)->flg & 1) && \
- isalnum((pi)->id[0]) && isalnum((pi)->id[1]) && isalnum((pi)->id[2]) && \
- be32_to_cpu((pi)->st) <= (hdsiz) && \
- be32_to_cpu((pi)->st) + be32_to_cpu((pi)->siz) <= (hdsiz))
-
-static inline int OK_id(char *s)
-{
- return memcmp (s, "GEM", 3) == 0 || memcmp (s, "BGM", 3) == 0 ||
- memcmp (s, "LNX", 3) == 0 || memcmp (s, "SWP", 3) == 0 ||
- memcmp (s, "RAW", 3) == 0 ;
-}
-
-int atari_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- Sector sect;
- struct rootsector *rs;
- struct partition_info *pi;
- u32 extensect;
- u32 hd_size;
- int slot;
-#ifdef ICD_PARTS
- int part_fmt = 0; /* 0:unknown, 1:AHDI, 2:ICD/Supra */
-#endif
-
- rs = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!rs)
- return -1;
-
- /* Verify this is an Atari rootsector: */
- hd_size = state->bdev->bd_inode->i_size >> 9;
- if (!VALID_PARTITION(&rs->part[0], hd_size) &&
- !VALID_PARTITION(&rs->part[1], hd_size) &&
- !VALID_PARTITION(&rs->part[2], hd_size) &&
- !VALID_PARTITION(&rs->part[3], hd_size)) {
- /*
- * if there's no valid primary partition, assume that no Atari
- * format partition table (there's no reliable magic or the like
- * :-()
- */
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
-
- pi = &rs->part[0];
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " AHDI", PAGE_SIZE);
- for (slot = 1; pi < &rs->part[4] && slot < state->limit; slot++, pi++) {
- struct rootsector *xrs;
- Sector sect2;
- ulong partsect;
-
- if ( !(pi->flg & 1) )
- continue;
- /* active partition */
- if (memcmp (pi->id, "XGM", 3) != 0) {
- /* we don't care about other id's */
- put_partition (state, slot, be32_to_cpu(pi->st),
- be32_to_cpu(pi->siz));
- continue;
- }
- /* extension partition */
-#ifdef ICD_PARTS
- part_fmt = 1;
-#endif
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " XGM<", PAGE_SIZE);
- partsect = extensect = be32_to_cpu(pi->st);
- while (1) {
- xrs = read_part_sector(state, partsect, &sect2);
- if (!xrs) {
- printk (" block %ld read failed\n", partsect);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return -1;
- }
-
- /* ++roman: sanity check: bit 0 of flg field must be set */
- if (!(xrs->part[0].flg & 1)) {
- printk( "\nFirst sub-partition in extended partition is not valid!\n" );
- put_dev_sector(sect2);
- break;
- }
-
- put_partition(state, slot,
- partsect + be32_to_cpu(xrs->part[0].st),
- be32_to_cpu(xrs->part[0].siz));
-
- if (!(xrs->part[1].flg & 1)) {
- /* end of linked partition list */
- put_dev_sector(sect2);
- break;
- }
- if (memcmp( xrs->part[1].id, "XGM", 3 ) != 0) {
- printk("\nID of extended partition is not XGM!\n");
- put_dev_sector(sect2);
- break;
- }
-
- partsect = be32_to_cpu(xrs->part[1].st) + extensect;
- put_dev_sector(sect2);
- if (++slot == state->limit) {
- printk( "\nMaximum number of partitions reached!\n" );
- break;
- }
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >", PAGE_SIZE);
- }
-#ifdef ICD_PARTS
- if ( part_fmt!=1 ) { /* no extended partitions -> test ICD-format */
- pi = &rs->icdpart[0];
- /* sanity check: no ICD format if first partition invalid */
- if (OK_id(pi->id)) {
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " ICD<", PAGE_SIZE);
- for (; pi < &rs->icdpart[8] && slot < state->limit; slot++, pi++) {
- /* accept only GEM,BGM,RAW,LNX,SWP partitions */
- if (!((pi->flg & 1) && OK_id(pi->id)))
- continue;
- part_fmt = 2;
- put_partition (state, slot,
- be32_to_cpu(pi->st),
- be32_to_cpu(pi->siz));
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >", PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- }
-#endif
- put_dev_sector(sect);
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/atari.h b/fs/partitions/atari.h
deleted file mode 100644
index fe2d32a89f36..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/atari.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,34 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/atari.h
- * Moved by Russell King from:
- *
- * linux/include/linux/atari_rootsec.h
- * definitions for Atari Rootsector layout
- * by Andreas Schwab (schwab@ls5.informatik.uni-dortmund.de)
- *
- * modified for ICD/Supra partitioning scheme restricted to at most 12
- * partitions
- * by Guenther Kelleter (guenther@pool.informatik.rwth-aachen.de)
- */
-
-struct partition_info
-{
- u8 flg; /* bit 0: active; bit 7: bootable */
- char id[3]; /* "GEM", "BGM", "XGM", or other */
- __be32 st; /* start of partition */
- __be32 siz; /* length of partition */
-};
-
-struct rootsector
-{
- char unused[0x156]; /* room for boot code */
- struct partition_info icdpart[8]; /* info for ICD-partitions 5..12 */
- char unused2[0xc];
- u32 hd_siz; /* size of disk in blocks */
- struct partition_info part[4];
- u32 bsl_st; /* start of bad sector list */
- u32 bsl_cnt; /* length of bad sector list */
- u16 checksum; /* checksum for bootable disks */
-} __attribute__((__packed__));
-
-int atari_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
diff --git a/fs/partitions/check.c b/fs/partitions/check.c
deleted file mode 100644
index e3c63d1c5e13..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/check.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,687 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/check.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1998 Linus Torvalds
- * Re-organised Feb 1998 Russell King
- *
- * We now have independent partition support from the
- * block drivers, which allows all the partition code to
- * be grouped in one location, and it to be mostly self
- * contained.
- *
- * Added needed MAJORS for new pairs, {hdi,hdj}, {hdk,hdl}
- */
-
-#include <linux/init.h>
-#include <linux/module.h>
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-#include <linux/slab.h>
-#include <linux/kmod.h>
-#include <linux/ctype.h>
-#include <linux/genhd.h>
-#include <linux/blktrace_api.h>
-
-#include "check.h"
-
-#include "acorn.h"
-#include "amiga.h"
-#include "atari.h"
-#include "ldm.h"
-#include "mac.h"
-#include "msdos.h"
-#include "osf.h"
-#include "sgi.h"
-#include "sun.h"
-#include "ibm.h"
-#include "ultrix.h"
-#include "efi.h"
-#include "karma.h"
-#include "sysv68.h"
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD
-extern void md_autodetect_dev(dev_t dev);
-#endif
-
-int warn_no_part = 1; /*This is ugly: should make genhd removable media aware*/
-
-static int (*check_part[])(struct parsed_partitions *) = {
- /*
- * Probe partition formats with tables at disk address 0
- * that also have an ADFS boot block at 0xdc0.
- */
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ICS
- adfspart_check_ICS,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_POWERTEC
- adfspart_check_POWERTEC,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_EESOX
- adfspart_check_EESOX,
-#endif
-
- /*
- * Now move on to formats that only have partition info at
- * disk address 0xdc0. Since these may also have stale
- * PC/BIOS partition tables, they need to come before
- * the msdos entry.
- */
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_CUMANA
- adfspart_check_CUMANA,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_ACORN_PARTITION_ADFS
- adfspart_check_ADFS,
-#endif
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
- efi_partition, /* this must come before msdos */
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_SGI_PARTITION
- sgi_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_LDM_PARTITION
- ldm_partition, /* this must come before msdos */
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_MSDOS_PARTITION
- msdos_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_OSF_PARTITION
- osf_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_SUN_PARTITION
- sun_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_AMIGA_PARTITION
- amiga_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_ATARI_PARTITION
- atari_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION
- mac_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_ULTRIX_PARTITION
- ultrix_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_IBM_PARTITION
- ibm_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_KARMA_PARTITION
- karma_partition,
-#endif
-#ifdef CONFIG_SYSV68_PARTITION
- sysv68_partition,
-#endif
- NULL
-};
-
-/*
- * disk_name() is used by partition check code and the genhd driver.
- * It formats the devicename of the indicated disk into
- * the supplied buffer (of size at least 32), and returns
- * a pointer to that same buffer (for convenience).
- */
-
-char *disk_name(struct gendisk *hd, int partno, char *buf)
-{
- if (!partno)
- snprintf(buf, BDEVNAME_SIZE, "%s", hd->disk_name);
- else if (isdigit(hd->disk_name[strlen(hd->disk_name)-1]))
- snprintf(buf, BDEVNAME_SIZE, "%sp%d", hd->disk_name, partno);
- else
- snprintf(buf, BDEVNAME_SIZE, "%s%d", hd->disk_name, partno);
-
- return buf;
-}
-
-const char *bdevname(struct block_device *bdev, char *buf)
-{
- return disk_name(bdev->bd_disk, bdev->bd_part->partno, buf);
-}
-
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(bdevname);
-
-/*
- * There's very little reason to use this, you should really
- * have a struct block_device just about everywhere and use
- * bdevname() instead.
- */
-const char *__bdevname(dev_t dev, char *buffer)
-{
- scnprintf(buffer, BDEVNAME_SIZE, "unknown-block(%u,%u)",
- MAJOR(dev), MINOR(dev));
- return buffer;
-}
-
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(__bdevname);
-
-static struct parsed_partitions *
-check_partition(struct gendisk *hd, struct block_device *bdev)
-{
- struct parsed_partitions *state;
- int i, res, err;
-
- state = kzalloc(sizeof(struct parsed_partitions), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!state)
- return NULL;
- state->pp_buf = (char *)__get_free_page(GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!state->pp_buf) {
- kfree(state);
- return NULL;
- }
- state->pp_buf[0] = '\0';
-
- state->bdev = bdev;
- disk_name(hd, 0, state->name);
- snprintf(state->pp_buf, PAGE_SIZE, " %s:", state->name);
- if (isdigit(state->name[strlen(state->name)-1]))
- sprintf(state->name, "p");
-
- state->limit = disk_max_parts(hd);
- i = res = err = 0;
- while (!res && check_part[i]) {
- memset(&state->parts, 0, sizeof(state->parts));
- res = check_part[i++](state);
- if (res < 0) {
- /* We have hit an I/O error which we don't report now.
- * But record it, and let the others do their job.
- */
- err = res;
- res = 0;
- }
-
- }
- if (res > 0) {
- printk(KERN_INFO "%s", state->pp_buf);
-
- free_page((unsigned long)state->pp_buf);
- return state;
- }
- if (state->access_beyond_eod)
- err = -ENOSPC;
- if (err)
- /* The partition is unrecognized. So report I/O errors if there were any */
- res = err;
- if (!res)
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " unknown partition table\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- else if (warn_no_part)
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " unable to read partition table\n", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- printk(KERN_INFO "%s", state->pp_buf);
-
- free_page((unsigned long)state->pp_buf);
- kfree(state);
- return ERR_PTR(res);
-}
-
-static ssize_t part_partition_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
-
- return sprintf(buf, "%d\n", p->partno);
-}
-
-static ssize_t part_start_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
-
- return sprintf(buf, "%llu\n",(unsigned long long)p->start_sect);
-}
-
-ssize_t part_size_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
- return sprintf(buf, "%llu\n",(unsigned long long)p->nr_sects);
-}
-
-static ssize_t part_ro_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
- return sprintf(buf, "%d\n", p->policy ? 1 : 0);
-}
-
-static ssize_t part_alignment_offset_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
- return sprintf(buf, "%llu\n", (unsigned long long)p->alignment_offset);
-}
-
-static ssize_t part_discard_alignment_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
- return sprintf(buf, "%u\n", p->discard_alignment);
-}
-
-ssize_t part_stat_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
- int cpu;
-
- cpu = part_stat_lock();
- part_round_stats(cpu, p);
- part_stat_unlock();
- return sprintf(buf,
- "%8lu %8lu %8llu %8u "
- "%8lu %8lu %8llu %8u "
- "%8u %8u %8u"
- "\n",
- part_stat_read(p, ios[READ]),
- part_stat_read(p, merges[READ]),
- (unsigned long long)part_stat_read(p, sectors[READ]),
- jiffies_to_msecs(part_stat_read(p, ticks[READ])),
- part_stat_read(p, ios[WRITE]),
- part_stat_read(p, merges[WRITE]),
- (unsigned long long)part_stat_read(p, sectors[WRITE]),
- jiffies_to_msecs(part_stat_read(p, ticks[WRITE])),
- part_in_flight(p),
- jiffies_to_msecs(part_stat_read(p, io_ticks)),
- jiffies_to_msecs(part_stat_read(p, time_in_queue)));
-}
-
-ssize_t part_inflight_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
-
- return sprintf(buf, "%8u %8u\n", atomic_read(&p->in_flight[0]),
- atomic_read(&p->in_flight[1]));
-}
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_FAIL_MAKE_REQUEST
-ssize_t part_fail_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
-
- return sprintf(buf, "%d\n", p->make_it_fail);
-}
-
-ssize_t part_fail_store(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr,
- const char *buf, size_t count)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
- int i;
-
- if (count > 0 && sscanf(buf, "%d", &i) > 0)
- p->make_it_fail = (i == 0) ? 0 : 1;
-
- return count;
-}
-#endif
-
-static DEVICE_ATTR(partition, S_IRUGO, part_partition_show, NULL);
-static DEVICE_ATTR(start, S_IRUGO, part_start_show, NULL);
-static DEVICE_ATTR(size, S_IRUGO, part_size_show, NULL);
-static DEVICE_ATTR(ro, S_IRUGO, part_ro_show, NULL);
-static DEVICE_ATTR(alignment_offset, S_IRUGO, part_alignment_offset_show, NULL);
-static DEVICE_ATTR(discard_alignment, S_IRUGO, part_discard_alignment_show,
- NULL);
-static DEVICE_ATTR(stat, S_IRUGO, part_stat_show, NULL);
-static DEVICE_ATTR(inflight, S_IRUGO, part_inflight_show, NULL);
-#ifdef CONFIG_FAIL_MAKE_REQUEST
-static struct device_attribute dev_attr_fail =
- __ATTR(make-it-fail, S_IRUGO|S_IWUSR, part_fail_show, part_fail_store);
-#endif
-
-static struct attribute *part_attrs[] = {
- &dev_attr_partition.attr,
- &dev_attr_start.attr,
- &dev_attr_size.attr,
- &dev_attr_ro.attr,
- &dev_attr_alignment_offset.attr,
- &dev_attr_discard_alignment.attr,
- &dev_attr_stat.attr,
- &dev_attr_inflight.attr,
-#ifdef CONFIG_FAIL_MAKE_REQUEST
- &dev_attr_fail.attr,
-#endif
- NULL
-};
-
-static struct attribute_group part_attr_group = {
- .attrs = part_attrs,
-};
-
-static const struct attribute_group *part_attr_groups[] = {
- &part_attr_group,
-#ifdef CONFIG_BLK_DEV_IO_TRACE
- &blk_trace_attr_group,
-#endif
- NULL
-};
-
-static void part_release(struct device *dev)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p = dev_to_part(dev);
- free_part_stats(p);
- free_part_info(p);
- kfree(p);
-}
-
-struct device_type part_type = {
- .name = "partition",
- .groups = part_attr_groups,
- .release = part_release,
-};
-
-static void delete_partition_rcu_cb(struct rcu_head *head)
-{
- struct hd_struct *part = container_of(head, struct hd_struct, rcu_head);
-
- part->start_sect = 0;
- part->nr_sects = 0;
- part_stat_set_all(part, 0);
- put_device(part_to_dev(part));
-}
-
-void __delete_partition(struct hd_struct *part)
-{
- call_rcu(&part->rcu_head, delete_partition_rcu_cb);
-}
-
-void delete_partition(struct gendisk *disk, int partno)
-{
- struct disk_part_tbl *ptbl = disk->part_tbl;
- struct hd_struct *part;
-
- if (partno >= ptbl->len)
- return;
-
- part = ptbl->part[partno];
- if (!part)
- return;
-
- blk_free_devt(part_devt(part));
- rcu_assign_pointer(ptbl->part[partno], NULL);
- rcu_assign_pointer(ptbl->last_lookup, NULL);
- kobject_put(part->holder_dir);
- device_del(part_to_dev(part));
-
- hd_struct_put(part);
-}
-
-static ssize_t whole_disk_show(struct device *dev,
- struct device_attribute *attr, char *buf)
-{
- return 0;
-}
-static DEVICE_ATTR(whole_disk, S_IRUSR | S_IRGRP | S_IROTH,
- whole_disk_show, NULL);
-
-struct hd_struct *add_partition(struct gendisk *disk, int partno,
- sector_t start, sector_t len, int flags,
- struct partition_meta_info *info)
-{
- struct hd_struct *p;
- dev_t devt = MKDEV(0, 0);
- struct device *ddev = disk_to_dev(disk);
- struct device *pdev;
- struct disk_part_tbl *ptbl;
- const char *dname;
- int err;
-
- err = disk_expand_part_tbl(disk, partno);
- if (err)
- return ERR_PTR(err);
- ptbl = disk->part_tbl;
-
- if (ptbl->part[partno])
- return ERR_PTR(-EBUSY);
-
- p = kzalloc(sizeof(*p), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!p)
- return ERR_PTR(-EBUSY);
-
- if (!init_part_stats(p)) {
- err = -ENOMEM;
- goto out_free;
- }
- pdev = part_to_dev(p);
-
- p->start_sect = start;
- p->alignment_offset =
- queue_limit_alignment_offset(&disk->queue->limits, start);
- p->discard_alignment =
- queue_limit_discard_alignment(&disk->queue->limits, start);
- p->nr_sects = len;
- p->partno = partno;
- p->policy = get_disk_ro(disk);
-
- if (info) {
- struct partition_meta_info *pinfo = alloc_part_info(disk);
- if (!pinfo)
- goto out_free_stats;
- memcpy(pinfo, info, sizeof(*info));
- p->info = pinfo;
- }
-
- dname = dev_name(ddev);
- if (isdigit(dname[strlen(dname) - 1]))
- dev_set_name(pdev, "%sp%d", dname, partno);
- else
- dev_set_name(pdev, "%s%d", dname, partno);
-
- device_initialize(pdev);
- pdev->class = &block_class;
- pdev->type = &part_type;
- pdev->parent = ddev;
-
- err = blk_alloc_devt(p, &devt);
- if (err)
- goto out_free_info;
- pdev->devt = devt;
-
- /* delay uevent until 'holders' subdir is created */
- dev_set_uevent_suppress(pdev, 1);
- err = device_add(pdev);
- if (err)
- goto out_put;
-
- err = -ENOMEM;
- p->holder_dir = kobject_create_and_add("holders", &pdev->kobj);
- if (!p->holder_dir)
- goto out_del;
-
- dev_set_uevent_suppress(pdev, 0);
- if (flags & ADDPART_FLAG_WHOLEDISK) {
- err = device_create_file(pdev, &dev_attr_whole_disk);
- if (err)
- goto out_del;
- }
-
- /* everything is up and running, commence */
- rcu_assign_pointer(ptbl->part[partno], p);
-
- /* suppress uevent if the disk suppresses it */
- if (!dev_get_uevent_suppress(ddev))
- kobject_uevent(&pdev->kobj, KOBJ_ADD);
-
- hd_ref_init(p);
- return p;
-
-out_free_info:
- free_part_info(p);
-out_free_stats:
- free_part_stats(p);
-out_free:
- kfree(p);
- return ERR_PTR(err);
-out_del:
- kobject_put(p->holder_dir);
- device_del(pdev);
-out_put:
- put_device(pdev);
- blk_free_devt(devt);
- return ERR_PTR(err);
-}
-
-static bool disk_unlock_native_capacity(struct gendisk *disk)
-{
- const struct block_device_operations *bdops = disk->fops;
-
- if (bdops->unlock_native_capacity &&
- !(disk->flags & GENHD_FL_NATIVE_CAPACITY)) {
- printk(KERN_CONT "enabling native capacity\n");
- bdops->unlock_native_capacity(disk);
- disk->flags |= GENHD_FL_NATIVE_CAPACITY;
- return true;
- } else {
- printk(KERN_CONT "truncated\n");
- return false;
- }
-}
-
-int rescan_partitions(struct gendisk *disk, struct block_device *bdev)
-{
- struct parsed_partitions *state = NULL;
- struct disk_part_iter piter;
- struct hd_struct *part;
- int p, highest, res;
-rescan:
- if (state && !IS_ERR(state)) {
- kfree(state);
- state = NULL;
- }
-
- if (bdev->bd_part_count)
- return -EBUSY;
- res = invalidate_partition(disk, 0);
- if (res)
- return res;
-
- disk_part_iter_init(&piter, disk, DISK_PITER_INCL_EMPTY);
- while ((part = disk_part_iter_next(&piter)))
- delete_partition(disk, part->partno);
- disk_part_iter_exit(&piter);
-
- if (disk->fops->revalidate_disk)
- disk->fops->revalidate_disk(disk);
- check_disk_size_change(disk, bdev);
- bdev->bd_invalidated = 0;
- if (!get_capacity(disk) || !(state = check_partition(disk, bdev)))
- return 0;
- if (IS_ERR(state)) {
- /*
- * I/O error reading the partition table. If any
- * partition code tried to read beyond EOD, retry
- * after unlocking native capacity.
- */
- if (PTR_ERR(state) == -ENOSPC) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING "%s: partition table beyond EOD, ",
- disk->disk_name);
- if (disk_unlock_native_capacity(disk))
- goto rescan;
- }
- return -EIO;
- }
- /*
- * If any partition code tried to read beyond EOD, try
- * unlocking native capacity even if partition table is
- * successfully read as we could be missing some partitions.
- */
- if (state->access_beyond_eod) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "%s: partition table partially beyond EOD, ",
- disk->disk_name);
- if (disk_unlock_native_capacity(disk))
- goto rescan;
- }
-
- /* tell userspace that the media / partition table may have changed */
- kobject_uevent(&disk_to_dev(disk)->kobj, KOBJ_CHANGE);
-
- /* Detect the highest partition number and preallocate
- * disk->part_tbl. This is an optimization and not strictly
- * necessary.
- */
- for (p = 1, highest = 0; p < state->limit; p++)
- if (state->parts[p].size)
- highest = p;
-
- disk_expand_part_tbl(disk, highest);
-
- /* add partitions */
- for (p = 1; p < state->limit; p++) {
- sector_t size, from;
- struct partition_meta_info *info = NULL;
-
- size = state->parts[p].size;
- if (!size)
- continue;
-
- from = state->parts[p].from;
- if (from >= get_capacity(disk)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "%s: p%d start %llu is beyond EOD, ",
- disk->disk_name, p, (unsigned long long) from);
- if (disk_unlock_native_capacity(disk))
- goto rescan;
- continue;
- }
-
- if (from + size > get_capacity(disk)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "%s: p%d size %llu extends beyond EOD, ",
- disk->disk_name, p, (unsigned long long) size);
-
- if (disk_unlock_native_capacity(disk)) {
- /* free state and restart */
- goto rescan;
- } else {
- /*
- * we can not ignore partitions of broken tables
- * created by for example camera firmware, but
- * we limit them to the end of the disk to avoid
- * creating invalid block devices
- */
- size = get_capacity(disk) - from;
- }
- }
-
- if (state->parts[p].has_info)
- info = &state->parts[p].info;
- part = add_partition(disk, p, from, size,
- state->parts[p].flags,
- &state->parts[p].info);
- if (IS_ERR(part)) {
- printk(KERN_ERR " %s: p%d could not be added: %ld\n",
- disk->disk_name, p, -PTR_ERR(part));
- continue;
- }
-#ifdef CONFIG_BLK_DEV_MD
- if (state->parts[p].flags & ADDPART_FLAG_RAID)
- md_autodetect_dev(part_to_dev(part)->devt);
-#endif
- }
- kfree(state);
- return 0;
-}
-
-unsigned char *read_dev_sector(struct block_device *bdev, sector_t n, Sector *p)
-{
- struct address_space *mapping = bdev->bd_inode->i_mapping;
- struct page *page;
-
- page = read_mapping_page(mapping, (pgoff_t)(n >> (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT-9)),
- NULL);
- if (!IS_ERR(page)) {
- if (PageError(page))
- goto fail;
- p->v = page;
- return (unsigned char *)page_address(page) + ((n & ((1 << (PAGE_CACHE_SHIFT - 9)) - 1)) << 9);
-fail:
- page_cache_release(page);
- }
- p->v = NULL;
- return NULL;
-}
-
-EXPORT_SYMBOL(read_dev_sector);
diff --git a/fs/partitions/check.h b/fs/partitions/check.h
deleted file mode 100644
index d68bf4dc3bc2..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/check.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,49 +0,0 @@
-#include <linux/pagemap.h>
-#include <linux/blkdev.h>
-#include <linux/genhd.h>
-
-/*
- * add_gd_partition adds a partitions details to the devices partition
- * description.
- */
-struct parsed_partitions {
- struct block_device *bdev;
- char name[BDEVNAME_SIZE];
- struct {
- sector_t from;
- sector_t size;
- int flags;
- bool has_info;
- struct partition_meta_info info;
- } parts[DISK_MAX_PARTS];
- int next;
- int limit;
- bool access_beyond_eod;
- char *pp_buf;
-};
-
-static inline void *read_part_sector(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t n, Sector *p)
-{
- if (n >= get_capacity(state->bdev->bd_disk)) {
- state->access_beyond_eod = true;
- return NULL;
- }
- return read_dev_sector(state->bdev, n, p);
-}
-
-static inline void
-put_partition(struct parsed_partitions *p, int n, sector_t from, sector_t size)
-{
- if (n < p->limit) {
- char tmp[1 + BDEVNAME_SIZE + 10 + 1];
-
- p->parts[n].from = from;
- p->parts[n].size = size;
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " %s%d", p->name, n);
- strlcat(p->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- }
-}
-
-extern int warn_no_part;
-
diff --git a/fs/partitions/efi.c b/fs/partitions/efi.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 6296b403c67a..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/efi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,675 +0,0 @@
-/************************************************************
- * EFI GUID Partition Table handling
- *
- * http://www.uefi.org/specs/
- * http://www.intel.com/technology/efi/
- *
- * efi.[ch] by Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * Copyright 2000,2001,2002,2004 Dell Inc.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- *
- * TODO:
- *
- * Changelog:
- * Mon Nov 09 2004 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - test for valid PMBR and valid PGPT before ever reading
- * AGPT, allow override with 'gpt' kernel command line option.
- * - check for first/last_usable_lba outside of size of disk
- *
- * Tue Mar 26 2002 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Ported to 2.5.7-pre1 and 2.5.7-dj2
- * - Applied patch to avoid fault in alternate header handling
- * - cleaned up find_valid_gpt
- * - On-disk structure and copy in memory is *always* LE now -
- * swab fields as needed
- * - remove print_gpt_header()
- * - only use first max_p partition entries, to keep the kernel minor number
- * and partition numbers tied.
- *
- * Mon Feb 04 2002 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Removed __PRIPTR_PREFIX - not being used
- *
- * Mon Jan 14 2002 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Ported to 2.5.2-pre11 + library crc32 patch Linus applied
- *
- * Thu Dec 6 2001 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Added compare_gpts().
- * - moved le_efi_guid_to_cpus() back into this file. GPT is the only
- * thing that keeps EFI GUIDs on disk.
- * - Changed gpt structure names and members to be simpler and more Linux-like.
- *
- * Wed Oct 17 2001 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Removed CONFIG_DEVFS_VOLUMES_UUID code entirely per Martin Wilck
- *
- * Wed Oct 10 2001 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Changed function comments to DocBook style per Andreas Dilger suggestion.
- *
- * Mon Oct 08 2001 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Change read_lba() to use the page cache per Al Viro's work.
- * - print u64s properly on all architectures
- * - fixed debug_printk(), now Dprintk()
- *
- * Mon Oct 01 2001 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Style cleanups
- * - made most functions static
- * - Endianness addition
- * - remove test for second alternate header, as it's not per spec,
- * and is unnecessary. There's now a method to read/write the last
- * sector of an odd-sized disk from user space. No tools have ever
- * been released which used this code, so it's effectively dead.
- * - Per Asit Mallick of Intel, added a test for a valid PMBR.
- * - Added kernel command line option 'gpt' to override valid PMBR test.
- *
- * Wed Jun 6 2001 Martin Wilck <Martin.Wilck@Fujitsu-Siemens.com>
- * - added devfs volume UUID support (/dev/volumes/uuids) for
- * mounting file systems by the partition GUID.
- *
- * Tue Dec 5 2000 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Moved crc32() to linux/lib, added efi_crc32().
- *
- * Thu Nov 30 2000 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Replaced Intel's CRC32 function with an equivalent
- * non-license-restricted version.
- *
- * Wed Oct 25 2000 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Fixed the last_lba() call to return the proper last block
- *
- * Thu Oct 12 2000 Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com>
- * - Thanks to Andries Brouwer for his debugging assistance.
- * - Code works, detects all the partitions.
- *
- ************************************************************/
-#include <linux/crc32.h>
-#include <linux/ctype.h>
-#include <linux/math64.h>
-#include <linux/slab.h>
-#include "check.h"
-#include "efi.h"
-
-/* This allows a kernel command line option 'gpt' to override
- * the test for invalid PMBR. Not __initdata because reloading
- * the partition tables happens after init too.
- */
-static int force_gpt;
-static int __init
-force_gpt_fn(char *str)
-{
- force_gpt = 1;
- return 1;
-}
-__setup("gpt", force_gpt_fn);
-
-
-/**
- * efi_crc32() - EFI version of crc32 function
- * @buf: buffer to calculate crc32 of
- * @len - length of buf
- *
- * Description: Returns EFI-style CRC32 value for @buf
- *
- * This function uses the little endian Ethernet polynomial
- * but seeds the function with ~0, and xor's with ~0 at the end.
- * Note, the EFI Specification, v1.02, has a reference to
- * Dr. Dobbs Journal, May 1994 (actually it's in May 1992).
- */
-static inline u32
-efi_crc32(const void *buf, unsigned long len)
-{
- return (crc32(~0L, buf, len) ^ ~0L);
-}
-
-/**
- * last_lba(): return number of last logical block of device
- * @bdev: block device
- *
- * Description: Returns last LBA value on success, 0 on error.
- * This is stored (by sd and ide-geometry) in
- * the part[0] entry for this disk, and is the number of
- * physical sectors available on the disk.
- */
-static u64 last_lba(struct block_device *bdev)
-{
- if (!bdev || !bdev->bd_inode)
- return 0;
- return div_u64(bdev->bd_inode->i_size,
- bdev_logical_block_size(bdev)) - 1ULL;
-}
-
-static inline int
-pmbr_part_valid(struct partition *part)
-{
- if (part->sys_ind == EFI_PMBR_OSTYPE_EFI_GPT &&
- le32_to_cpu(part->start_sect) == 1UL)
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * is_pmbr_valid(): test Protective MBR for validity
- * @mbr: pointer to a legacy mbr structure
- *
- * Description: Returns 1 if PMBR is valid, 0 otherwise.
- * Validity depends on two things:
- * 1) MSDOS signature is in the last two bytes of the MBR
- * 2) One partition of type 0xEE is found
- */
-static int
-is_pmbr_valid(legacy_mbr *mbr)
-{
- int i;
- if (!mbr || le16_to_cpu(mbr->signature) != MSDOS_MBR_SIGNATURE)
- return 0;
- for (i = 0; i < 4; i++)
- if (pmbr_part_valid(&mbr->partition_record[i]))
- return 1;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * read_lba(): Read bytes from disk, starting at given LBA
- * @state
- * @lba
- * @buffer
- * @size_t
- *
- * Description: Reads @count bytes from @state->bdev into @buffer.
- * Returns number of bytes read on success, 0 on error.
- */
-static size_t read_lba(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- u64 lba, u8 *buffer, size_t count)
-{
- size_t totalreadcount = 0;
- struct block_device *bdev = state->bdev;
- sector_t n = lba * (bdev_logical_block_size(bdev) / 512);
-
- if (!buffer || lba > last_lba(bdev))
- return 0;
-
- while (count) {
- int copied = 512;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data = read_part_sector(state, n++, &sect);
- if (!data)
- break;
- if (copied > count)
- copied = count;
- memcpy(buffer, data, copied);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- buffer += copied;
- totalreadcount +=copied;
- count -= copied;
- }
- return totalreadcount;
-}
-
-/**
- * alloc_read_gpt_entries(): reads partition entries from disk
- * @state
- * @gpt - GPT header
- *
- * Description: Returns ptes on success, NULL on error.
- * Allocates space for PTEs based on information found in @gpt.
- * Notes: remember to free pte when you're done!
- */
-static gpt_entry *alloc_read_gpt_entries(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- gpt_header *gpt)
-{
- size_t count;
- gpt_entry *pte;
-
- if (!gpt)
- return NULL;
-
- count = le32_to_cpu(gpt->num_partition_entries) *
- le32_to_cpu(gpt->sizeof_partition_entry);
- if (!count)
- return NULL;
- pte = kzalloc(count, GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!pte)
- return NULL;
-
- if (read_lba(state, le64_to_cpu(gpt->partition_entry_lba),
- (u8 *) pte,
- count) < count) {
- kfree(pte);
- pte=NULL;
- return NULL;
- }
- return pte;
-}
-
-/**
- * alloc_read_gpt_header(): Allocates GPT header, reads into it from disk
- * @state
- * @lba is the Logical Block Address of the partition table
- *
- * Description: returns GPT header on success, NULL on error. Allocates
- * and fills a GPT header starting at @ from @state->bdev.
- * Note: remember to free gpt when finished with it.
- */
-static gpt_header *alloc_read_gpt_header(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- u64 lba)
-{
- gpt_header *gpt;
- unsigned ssz = bdev_logical_block_size(state->bdev);
-
- gpt = kzalloc(ssz, GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!gpt)
- return NULL;
-
- if (read_lba(state, lba, (u8 *) gpt, ssz) < ssz) {
- kfree(gpt);
- gpt=NULL;
- return NULL;
- }
-
- return gpt;
-}
-
-/**
- * is_gpt_valid() - tests one GPT header and PTEs for validity
- * @state
- * @lba is the logical block address of the GPT header to test
- * @gpt is a GPT header ptr, filled on return.
- * @ptes is a PTEs ptr, filled on return.
- *
- * Description: returns 1 if valid, 0 on error.
- * If valid, returns pointers to newly allocated GPT header and PTEs.
- */
-static int is_gpt_valid(struct parsed_partitions *state, u64 lba,
- gpt_header **gpt, gpt_entry **ptes)
-{
- u32 crc, origcrc;
- u64 lastlba;
-
- if (!ptes)
- return 0;
- if (!(*gpt = alloc_read_gpt_header(state, lba)))
- return 0;
-
- /* Check the GUID Partition Table signature */
- if (le64_to_cpu((*gpt)->signature) != GPT_HEADER_SIGNATURE) {
- pr_debug("GUID Partition Table Header signature is wrong:"
- "%lld != %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu((*gpt)->signature),
- (unsigned long long)GPT_HEADER_SIGNATURE);
- goto fail;
- }
-
- /* Check the GUID Partition Table header size */
- if (le32_to_cpu((*gpt)->header_size) >
- bdev_logical_block_size(state->bdev)) {
- pr_debug("GUID Partition Table Header size is wrong: %u > %u\n",
- le32_to_cpu((*gpt)->header_size),
- bdev_logical_block_size(state->bdev));
- goto fail;
- }
-
- /* Check the GUID Partition Table CRC */
- origcrc = le32_to_cpu((*gpt)->header_crc32);
- (*gpt)->header_crc32 = 0;
- crc = efi_crc32((const unsigned char *) (*gpt), le32_to_cpu((*gpt)->header_size));
-
- if (crc != origcrc) {
- pr_debug("GUID Partition Table Header CRC is wrong: %x != %x\n",
- crc, origcrc);
- goto fail;
- }
- (*gpt)->header_crc32 = cpu_to_le32(origcrc);
-
- /* Check that the my_lba entry points to the LBA that contains
- * the GUID Partition Table */
- if (le64_to_cpu((*gpt)->my_lba) != lba) {
- pr_debug("GPT my_lba incorrect: %lld != %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu((*gpt)->my_lba),
- (unsigned long long)lba);
- goto fail;
- }
-
- /* Check the first_usable_lba and last_usable_lba are
- * within the disk.
- */
- lastlba = last_lba(state->bdev);
- if (le64_to_cpu((*gpt)->first_usable_lba) > lastlba) {
- pr_debug("GPT: first_usable_lba incorrect: %lld > %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu((*gpt)->first_usable_lba),
- (unsigned long long)lastlba);
- goto fail;
- }
- if (le64_to_cpu((*gpt)->last_usable_lba) > lastlba) {
- pr_debug("GPT: last_usable_lba incorrect: %lld > %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu((*gpt)->last_usable_lba),
- (unsigned long long)lastlba);
- goto fail;
- }
-
- /* Check that sizeof_partition_entry has the correct value */
- if (le32_to_cpu((*gpt)->sizeof_partition_entry) != sizeof(gpt_entry)) {
- pr_debug("GUID Partitition Entry Size check failed.\n");
- goto fail;
- }
-
- if (!(*ptes = alloc_read_gpt_entries(state, *gpt)))
- goto fail;
-
- /* Check the GUID Partition Entry Array CRC */
- crc = efi_crc32((const unsigned char *) (*ptes),
- le32_to_cpu((*gpt)->num_partition_entries) *
- le32_to_cpu((*gpt)->sizeof_partition_entry));
-
- if (crc != le32_to_cpu((*gpt)->partition_entry_array_crc32)) {
- pr_debug("GUID Partitition Entry Array CRC check failed.\n");
- goto fail_ptes;
- }
-
- /* We're done, all's well */
- return 1;
-
- fail_ptes:
- kfree(*ptes);
- *ptes = NULL;
- fail:
- kfree(*gpt);
- *gpt = NULL;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * is_pte_valid() - tests one PTE for validity
- * @pte is the pte to check
- * @lastlba is last lba of the disk
- *
- * Description: returns 1 if valid, 0 on error.
- */
-static inline int
-is_pte_valid(const gpt_entry *pte, const u64 lastlba)
-{
- if ((!efi_guidcmp(pte->partition_type_guid, NULL_GUID)) ||
- le64_to_cpu(pte->starting_lba) > lastlba ||
- le64_to_cpu(pte->ending_lba) > lastlba)
- return 0;
- return 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * compare_gpts() - Search disk for valid GPT headers and PTEs
- * @pgpt is the primary GPT header
- * @agpt is the alternate GPT header
- * @lastlba is the last LBA number
- * Description: Returns nothing. Sanity checks pgpt and agpt fields
- * and prints warnings on discrepancies.
- *
- */
-static void
-compare_gpts(gpt_header *pgpt, gpt_header *agpt, u64 lastlba)
-{
- int error_found = 0;
- if (!pgpt || !agpt)
- return;
- if (le64_to_cpu(pgpt->my_lba) != le64_to_cpu(agpt->alternate_lba)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "GPT:Primary header LBA != Alt. header alternate_lba\n");
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:%lld != %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(pgpt->my_lba),
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(agpt->alternate_lba));
- error_found++;
- }
- if (le64_to_cpu(pgpt->alternate_lba) != le64_to_cpu(agpt->my_lba)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "GPT:Primary header alternate_lba != Alt. header my_lba\n");
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:%lld != %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(pgpt->alternate_lba),
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(agpt->my_lba));
- error_found++;
- }
- if (le64_to_cpu(pgpt->first_usable_lba) !=
- le64_to_cpu(agpt->first_usable_lba)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:first_usable_lbas don't match.\n");
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:%lld != %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(pgpt->first_usable_lba),
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(agpt->first_usable_lba));
- error_found++;
- }
- if (le64_to_cpu(pgpt->last_usable_lba) !=
- le64_to_cpu(agpt->last_usable_lba)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:last_usable_lbas don't match.\n");
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:%lld != %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(pgpt->last_usable_lba),
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(agpt->last_usable_lba));
- error_found++;
- }
- if (efi_guidcmp(pgpt->disk_guid, agpt->disk_guid)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:disk_guids don't match.\n");
- error_found++;
- }
- if (le32_to_cpu(pgpt->num_partition_entries) !=
- le32_to_cpu(agpt->num_partition_entries)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:num_partition_entries don't match: "
- "0x%x != 0x%x\n",
- le32_to_cpu(pgpt->num_partition_entries),
- le32_to_cpu(agpt->num_partition_entries));
- error_found++;
- }
- if (le32_to_cpu(pgpt->sizeof_partition_entry) !=
- le32_to_cpu(agpt->sizeof_partition_entry)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "GPT:sizeof_partition_entry values don't match: "
- "0x%x != 0x%x\n",
- le32_to_cpu(pgpt->sizeof_partition_entry),
- le32_to_cpu(agpt->sizeof_partition_entry));
- error_found++;
- }
- if (le32_to_cpu(pgpt->partition_entry_array_crc32) !=
- le32_to_cpu(agpt->partition_entry_array_crc32)) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "GPT:partition_entry_array_crc32 values don't match: "
- "0x%x != 0x%x\n",
- le32_to_cpu(pgpt->partition_entry_array_crc32),
- le32_to_cpu(agpt->partition_entry_array_crc32));
- error_found++;
- }
- if (le64_to_cpu(pgpt->alternate_lba) != lastlba) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "GPT:Primary header thinks Alt. header is not at the end of the disk.\n");
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:%lld != %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(pgpt->alternate_lba),
- (unsigned long long)lastlba);
- error_found++;
- }
-
- if (le64_to_cpu(agpt->my_lba) != lastlba) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "GPT:Alternate GPT header not at the end of the disk.\n");
- printk(KERN_WARNING "GPT:%lld != %lld\n",
- (unsigned long long)le64_to_cpu(agpt->my_lba),
- (unsigned long long)lastlba);
- error_found++;
- }
-
- if (error_found)
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "GPT: Use GNU Parted to correct GPT errors.\n");
- return;
-}
-
-/**
- * find_valid_gpt() - Search disk for valid GPT headers and PTEs
- * @state
- * @gpt is a GPT header ptr, filled on return.
- * @ptes is a PTEs ptr, filled on return.
- * Description: Returns 1 if valid, 0 on error.
- * If valid, returns pointers to newly allocated GPT header and PTEs.
- * Validity depends on PMBR being valid (or being overridden by the
- * 'gpt' kernel command line option) and finding either the Primary
- * GPT header and PTEs valid, or the Alternate GPT header and PTEs
- * valid. If the Primary GPT header is not valid, the Alternate GPT header
- * is not checked unless the 'gpt' kernel command line option is passed.
- * This protects against devices which misreport their size, and forces
- * the user to decide to use the Alternate GPT.
- */
-static int find_valid_gpt(struct parsed_partitions *state, gpt_header **gpt,
- gpt_entry **ptes)
-{
- int good_pgpt = 0, good_agpt = 0, good_pmbr = 0;
- gpt_header *pgpt = NULL, *agpt = NULL;
- gpt_entry *pptes = NULL, *aptes = NULL;
- legacy_mbr *legacymbr;
- u64 lastlba;
-
- if (!ptes)
- return 0;
-
- lastlba = last_lba(state->bdev);
- if (!force_gpt) {
- /* This will be added to the EFI Spec. per Intel after v1.02. */
- legacymbr = kzalloc(sizeof (*legacymbr), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (legacymbr) {
- read_lba(state, 0, (u8 *) legacymbr,
- sizeof (*legacymbr));
- good_pmbr = is_pmbr_valid(legacymbr);
- kfree(legacymbr);
- }
- if (!good_pmbr)
- goto fail;
- }
-
- good_pgpt = is_gpt_valid(state, GPT_PRIMARY_PARTITION_TABLE_LBA,
- &pgpt, &pptes);
- if (good_pgpt)
- good_agpt = is_gpt_valid(state,
- le64_to_cpu(pgpt->alternate_lba),
- &agpt, &aptes);
- if (!good_agpt && force_gpt)
- good_agpt = is_gpt_valid(state, lastlba, &agpt, &aptes);
-
- /* The obviously unsuccessful case */
- if (!good_pgpt && !good_agpt)
- goto fail;
-
- compare_gpts(pgpt, agpt, lastlba);
-
- /* The good cases */
- if (good_pgpt) {
- *gpt = pgpt;
- *ptes = pptes;
- kfree(agpt);
- kfree(aptes);
- if (!good_agpt) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "Alternate GPT is invalid, "
- "using primary GPT.\n");
- }
- return 1;
- }
- else if (good_agpt) {
- *gpt = agpt;
- *ptes = aptes;
- kfree(pgpt);
- kfree(pptes);
- printk(KERN_WARNING
- "Primary GPT is invalid, using alternate GPT.\n");
- return 1;
- }
-
- fail:
- kfree(pgpt);
- kfree(agpt);
- kfree(pptes);
- kfree(aptes);
- *gpt = NULL;
- *ptes = NULL;
- return 0;
-}
-
-/**
- * efi_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
- * @state
- *
- * Description: called from check.c, if the disk contains GPT
- * partitions, sets up partition entries in the kernel.
- *
- * If the first block on the disk is a legacy MBR,
- * it will get handled by msdos_partition().
- * If it's a Protective MBR, we'll handle it here.
- *
- * We do not create a Linux partition for GPT, but
- * only for the actual data partitions.
- * Returns:
- * -1 if unable to read the partition table
- * 0 if this isn't our partition table
- * 1 if successful
- *
- */
-int efi_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- gpt_header *gpt = NULL;
- gpt_entry *ptes = NULL;
- u32 i;
- unsigned ssz = bdev_logical_block_size(state->bdev) / 512;
- u8 unparsed_guid[37];
-
- if (!find_valid_gpt(state, &gpt, &ptes) || !gpt || !ptes) {
- kfree(gpt);
- kfree(ptes);
- return 0;
- }
-
- pr_debug("GUID Partition Table is valid! Yea!\n");
-
- for (i = 0; i < le32_to_cpu(gpt->num_partition_entries) && i < state->limit-1; i++) {
- struct partition_meta_info *info;
- unsigned label_count = 0;
- unsigned label_max;
- u64 start = le64_to_cpu(ptes[i].starting_lba);
- u64 size = le64_to_cpu(ptes[i].ending_lba) -
- le64_to_cpu(ptes[i].starting_lba) + 1ULL;
-
- if (!is_pte_valid(&ptes[i], last_lba(state->bdev)))
- continue;
-
- put_partition(state, i+1, start * ssz, size * ssz);
-
- /* If this is a RAID volume, tell md */
- if (!efi_guidcmp(ptes[i].partition_type_guid,
- PARTITION_LINUX_RAID_GUID))
- state->parts[i + 1].flags = ADDPART_FLAG_RAID;
-
- info = &state->parts[i + 1].info;
- /* Instead of doing a manual swap to big endian, reuse the
- * common ASCII hex format as the interim.
- */
- efi_guid_unparse(&ptes[i].unique_partition_guid, unparsed_guid);
- part_pack_uuid(unparsed_guid, info->uuid);
-
- /* Naively convert UTF16-LE to 7 bits. */
- label_max = min(sizeof(info->volname) - 1,
- sizeof(ptes[i].partition_name));
- info->volname[label_max] = 0;
- while (label_count < label_max) {
- u8 c = ptes[i].partition_name[label_count] & 0xff;
- if (c && !isprint(c))
- c = '!';
- info->volname[label_count] = c;
- label_count++;
- }
- state->parts[i + 1].has_info = true;
- }
- kfree(ptes);
- kfree(gpt);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/efi.h b/fs/partitions/efi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b69ab729558f..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/efi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/************************************************************
- * EFI GUID Partition Table
- * Per Intel EFI Specification v1.02
- * http://developer.intel.com/technology/efi/efi.htm
- *
- * By Matt Domsch <Matt_Domsch@dell.com> Fri Sep 22 22:15:56 CDT 2000
- * Copyright 2000,2001 Dell Inc.
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
- * it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
- * the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or
- * (at your option) any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
- * Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- *
- ************************************************************/
-
-#ifndef FS_PART_EFI_H_INCLUDED
-#define FS_PART_EFI_H_INCLUDED
-
-#include <linux/types.h>
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-#include <linux/genhd.h>
-#include <linux/kernel.h>
-#include <linux/major.h>
-#include <linux/string.h>
-#include <linux/efi.h>
-
-#define MSDOS_MBR_SIGNATURE 0xaa55
-#define EFI_PMBR_OSTYPE_EFI 0xEF
-#define EFI_PMBR_OSTYPE_EFI_GPT 0xEE
-
-#define GPT_HEADER_SIGNATURE 0x5452415020494645ULL
-#define GPT_HEADER_REVISION_V1 0x00010000
-#define GPT_PRIMARY_PARTITION_TABLE_LBA 1
-
-#define PARTITION_SYSTEM_GUID \
- EFI_GUID( 0xC12A7328, 0xF81F, 0x11d2, \
- 0xBA, 0x4B, 0x00, 0xA0, 0xC9, 0x3E, 0xC9, 0x3B)
-#define LEGACY_MBR_PARTITION_GUID \
- EFI_GUID( 0x024DEE41, 0x33E7, 0x11d3, \
- 0x9D, 0x69, 0x00, 0x08, 0xC7, 0x81, 0xF3, 0x9F)
-#define PARTITION_MSFT_RESERVED_GUID \
- EFI_GUID( 0xE3C9E316, 0x0B5C, 0x4DB8, \
- 0x81, 0x7D, 0xF9, 0x2D, 0xF0, 0x02, 0x15, 0xAE)
-#define PARTITION_BASIC_DATA_GUID \
- EFI_GUID( 0xEBD0A0A2, 0xB9E5, 0x4433, \
- 0x87, 0xC0, 0x68, 0xB6, 0xB7, 0x26, 0x99, 0xC7)
-#define PARTITION_LINUX_RAID_GUID \
- EFI_GUID( 0xa19d880f, 0x05fc, 0x4d3b, \
- 0xa0, 0x06, 0x74, 0x3f, 0x0f, 0x84, 0x91, 0x1e)
-#define PARTITION_LINUX_SWAP_GUID \
- EFI_GUID( 0x0657fd6d, 0xa4ab, 0x43c4, \
- 0x84, 0xe5, 0x09, 0x33, 0xc8, 0x4b, 0x4f, 0x4f)
-#define PARTITION_LINUX_LVM_GUID \
- EFI_GUID( 0xe6d6d379, 0xf507, 0x44c2, \
- 0xa2, 0x3c, 0x23, 0x8f, 0x2a, 0x3d, 0xf9, 0x28)
-
-typedef struct _gpt_header {
- __le64 signature;
- __le32 revision;
- __le32 header_size;
- __le32 header_crc32;
- __le32 reserved1;
- __le64 my_lba;
- __le64 alternate_lba;
- __le64 first_usable_lba;
- __le64 last_usable_lba;
- efi_guid_t disk_guid;
- __le64 partition_entry_lba;
- __le32 num_partition_entries;
- __le32 sizeof_partition_entry;
- __le32 partition_entry_array_crc32;
-
- /* The rest of the logical block is reserved by UEFI and must be zero.
- * EFI standard handles this by:
- *
- * uint8_t reserved2[ BlockSize - 92 ];
- */
-} __attribute__ ((packed)) gpt_header;
-
-typedef struct _gpt_entry_attributes {
- u64 required_to_function:1;
- u64 reserved:47;
- u64 type_guid_specific:16;
-} __attribute__ ((packed)) gpt_entry_attributes;
-
-typedef struct _gpt_entry {
- efi_guid_t partition_type_guid;
- efi_guid_t unique_partition_guid;
- __le64 starting_lba;
- __le64 ending_lba;
- gpt_entry_attributes attributes;
- efi_char16_t partition_name[72 / sizeof (efi_char16_t)];
-} __attribute__ ((packed)) gpt_entry;
-
-typedef struct _legacy_mbr {
- u8 boot_code[440];
- __le32 unique_mbr_signature;
- __le16 unknown;
- struct partition partition_record[4];
- __le16 signature;
-} __attribute__ ((packed)) legacy_mbr;
-
-/* Functions */
-extern int efi_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Overrides for Emacs so that we follow Linus's tabbing style.
- * Emacs will notice this stuff at the end of the file and automatically
- * adjust the settings for this buffer only. This must remain at the end
- * of the file.
- * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
- * Local variables:
- * c-indent-level: 4
- * c-brace-imaginary-offset: 0
- * c-brace-offset: -4
- * c-argdecl-indent: 4
- * c-label-offset: -4
- * c-continued-statement-offset: 4
- * c-continued-brace-offset: 0
- * indent-tabs-mode: nil
- * tab-width: 8
- * End:
- */
diff --git a/fs/partitions/ibm.c b/fs/partitions/ibm.c
deleted file mode 100644
index d513a07f44bb..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/ibm.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,275 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * File...........: linux/fs/partitions/ibm.c
- * Author(s)......: Holger Smolinski <Holger.Smolinski@de.ibm.com>
- * Volker Sameske <sameske@de.ibm.com>
- * Bugreports.to..: <Linux390@de.ibm.com>
- * (C) IBM Corporation, IBM Deutschland Entwicklung GmbH, 1999,2000
- */
-
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
-#include <linux/hdreg.h>
-#include <linux/slab.h>
-#include <asm/dasd.h>
-#include <asm/ebcdic.h>
-#include <asm/uaccess.h>
-#include <asm/vtoc.h>
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "ibm.h"
-
-/*
- * compute the block number from a
- * cyl-cyl-head-head structure
- */
-static sector_t
-cchh2blk (struct vtoc_cchh *ptr, struct hd_geometry *geo) {
-
- sector_t cyl;
- __u16 head;
-
- /*decode cylinder and heads for large volumes */
- cyl = ptr->hh & 0xFFF0;
- cyl <<= 12;
- cyl |= ptr->cc;
- head = ptr->hh & 0x000F;
- return cyl * geo->heads * geo->sectors +
- head * geo->sectors;
-}
-
-/*
- * compute the block number from a
- * cyl-cyl-head-head-block structure
- */
-static sector_t
-cchhb2blk (struct vtoc_cchhb *ptr, struct hd_geometry *geo) {
-
- sector_t cyl;
- __u16 head;
-
- /*decode cylinder and heads for large volumes */
- cyl = ptr->hh & 0xFFF0;
- cyl <<= 12;
- cyl |= ptr->cc;
- head = ptr->hh & 0x000F;
- return cyl * geo->heads * geo->sectors +
- head * geo->sectors +
- ptr->b;
-}
-
-/*
- */
-int ibm_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- struct block_device *bdev = state->bdev;
- int blocksize, res;
- loff_t i_size, offset, size, fmt_size;
- dasd_information2_t *info;
- struct hd_geometry *geo;
- char type[5] = {0,};
- char name[7] = {0,};
- union label_t {
- struct vtoc_volume_label_cdl vol;
- struct vtoc_volume_label_ldl lnx;
- struct vtoc_cms_label cms;
- } *label;
- unsigned char *data;
- Sector sect;
- sector_t labelsect;
- char tmp[64];
-
- res = 0;
- blocksize = bdev_logical_block_size(bdev);
- if (blocksize <= 0)
- goto out_exit;
- i_size = i_size_read(bdev->bd_inode);
- if (i_size == 0)
- goto out_exit;
-
- info = kmalloc(sizeof(dasd_information2_t), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (info == NULL)
- goto out_exit;
- geo = kmalloc(sizeof(struct hd_geometry), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (geo == NULL)
- goto out_nogeo;
- label = kmalloc(sizeof(union label_t), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (label == NULL)
- goto out_nolab;
-
- if (ioctl_by_bdev(bdev, BIODASDINFO2, (unsigned long)info) != 0 ||
- ioctl_by_bdev(bdev, HDIO_GETGEO, (unsigned long)geo) != 0)
- goto out_freeall;
-
- /*
- * Special case for FBA disks: label sector does not depend on
- * blocksize.
- */
- if ((info->cu_type == 0x6310 && info->dev_type == 0x9336) ||
- (info->cu_type == 0x3880 && info->dev_type == 0x3370))
- labelsect = info->label_block;
- else
- labelsect = info->label_block * (blocksize >> 9);
-
- /*
- * Get volume label, extract name and type.
- */
- data = read_part_sector(state, labelsect, &sect);
- if (data == NULL)
- goto out_readerr;
-
- memcpy(label, data, sizeof(union label_t));
- put_dev_sector(sect);
-
- if ((!info->FBA_layout) && (!strcmp(info->type, "ECKD"))) {
- strncpy(type, label->vol.vollbl, 4);
- strncpy(name, label->vol.volid, 6);
- } else {
- strncpy(type, label->lnx.vollbl, 4);
- strncpy(name, label->lnx.volid, 6);
- }
- EBCASC(type, 4);
- EBCASC(name, 6);
-
- res = 1;
-
- /*
- * Three different formats: LDL, CDL and unformated disk
- *
- * identified by info->format
- *
- * unformated disks we do not have to care about
- */
- if (info->format == DASD_FORMAT_LDL) {
- if (strncmp(type, "CMS1", 4) == 0) {
- /*
- * VM style CMS1 labeled disk
- */
- blocksize = label->cms.block_size;
- if (label->cms.disk_offset != 0) {
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "CMS1/%8s(MDSK):", name);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- /* disk is reserved minidisk */
- offset = label->cms.disk_offset;
- size = (label->cms.block_count - 1)
- * (blocksize >> 9);
- } else {
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "CMS1/%8s:", name);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- offset = (info->label_block + 1);
- size = label->cms.block_count
- * (blocksize >> 9);
- }
- put_partition(state, 1, offset*(blocksize >> 9),
- size-offset*(blocksize >> 9));
- } else {
- if (strncmp(type, "LNX1", 4) == 0) {
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "LNX1/%8s:", name);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- if (label->lnx.ldl_version == 0xf2) {
- fmt_size = label->lnx.formatted_blocks
- * (blocksize >> 9);
- } else if (!strcmp(info->type, "ECKD")) {
- /* formated w/o large volume support */
- fmt_size = geo->cylinders * geo->heads
- * geo->sectors * (blocksize >> 9);
- } else {
- /* old label and no usable disk geometry
- * (e.g. DIAG) */
- fmt_size = i_size >> 9;
- }
- size = i_size >> 9;
- if (fmt_size < size)
- size = fmt_size;
- offset = (info->label_block + 1);
- } else {
- /* unlabeled disk */
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "(nonl)", PAGE_SIZE);
- size = i_size >> 9;
- offset = (info->label_block + 1);
- }
- put_partition(state, 1, offset*(blocksize >> 9),
- size-offset*(blocksize >> 9));
- }
- } else if (info->format == DASD_FORMAT_CDL) {
- /*
- * New style CDL formatted disk
- */
- sector_t blk;
- int counter;
-
- /*
- * check if VOL1 label is available
- * if not, something is wrong, skipping partition detection
- */
- if (strncmp(type, "VOL1", 4) == 0) {
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "VOL1/%8s:", name);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- /*
- * get block number and read then go through format1
- * labels
- */
- blk = cchhb2blk(&label->vol.vtoc, geo) + 1;
- counter = 0;
- data = read_part_sector(state, blk * (blocksize/512),
- &sect);
- while (data != NULL) {
- struct vtoc_format1_label f1;
-
- memcpy(&f1, data,
- sizeof(struct vtoc_format1_label));
- put_dev_sector(sect);
-
- /* skip FMT4 / FMT5 / FMT7 labels */
- if (f1.DS1FMTID == _ascebc['4']
- || f1.DS1FMTID == _ascebc['5']
- || f1.DS1FMTID == _ascebc['7']
- || f1.DS1FMTID == _ascebc['9']) {
- blk++;
- data = read_part_sector(state,
- blk * (blocksize/512), &sect);
- continue;
- }
-
- /* only FMT1 and 8 labels valid at this point */
- if (f1.DS1FMTID != _ascebc['1'] &&
- f1.DS1FMTID != _ascebc['8'])
- break;
-
- /* OK, we got valid partition data */
- offset = cchh2blk(&f1.DS1EXT1.llimit, geo);
- size = cchh2blk(&f1.DS1EXT1.ulimit, geo) -
- offset + geo->sectors;
- if (counter >= state->limit)
- break;
- put_partition(state, counter + 1,
- offset * (blocksize >> 9),
- size * (blocksize >> 9));
- counter++;
- blk++;
- data = read_part_sector(state,
- blk * (blocksize/512), &sect);
- }
-
- if (!data)
- /* Are we not supposed to report this ? */
- goto out_readerr;
- } else
- printk(KERN_WARNING "Warning, expected Label VOL1 not "
- "found, treating as CDL formated Disk");
-
- }
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- goto out_freeall;
-
-
-out_readerr:
- res = -1;
-out_freeall:
- kfree(label);
-out_nolab:
- kfree(geo);
-out_nogeo:
- kfree(info);
-out_exit:
- return res;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/ibm.h b/fs/partitions/ibm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 08fb0804a812..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/ibm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-int ibm_partition(struct parsed_partitions *);
diff --git a/fs/partitions/karma.c b/fs/partitions/karma.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 0ea19312706b..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/karma.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,57 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/karma.c
- * Rio Karma partition info.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2006 Bob Copeland (me@bobcopeland.com)
- * based on osf.c
- */
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "karma.h"
-
-int karma_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- int i;
- int slot = 1;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- struct disklabel {
- u8 d_reserved[270];
- struct d_partition {
- __le32 p_res;
- u8 p_fstype;
- u8 p_res2[3];
- __le32 p_offset;
- __le32 p_size;
- } d_partitions[2];
- u8 d_blank[208];
- __le16 d_magic;
- } __attribute__((packed)) *label;
- struct d_partition *p;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- label = (struct disklabel *)data;
- if (le16_to_cpu(label->d_magic) != KARMA_LABEL_MAGIC) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
-
- p = label->d_partitions;
- for (i = 0 ; i < 2; i++, p++) {
- if (slot == state->limit)
- break;
-
- if (p->p_fstype == 0x4d && le32_to_cpu(p->p_size)) {
- put_partition(state, slot, le32_to_cpu(p->p_offset),
- le32_to_cpu(p->p_size));
- }
- slot++;
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 1;
-}
-
diff --git a/fs/partitions/karma.h b/fs/partitions/karma.h
deleted file mode 100644
index c764b2e9df21..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/karma.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/karma.h
- */
-
-#define KARMA_LABEL_MAGIC 0xAB56
-
-int karma_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-
diff --git a/fs/partitions/ldm.c b/fs/partitions/ldm.c
deleted file mode 100644
index bd8ae788f689..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/ldm.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,1570 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * ldm - Support for Windows Logical Disk Manager (Dynamic Disks)
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Richard Russon <ldm@flatcap.org>
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2007 Anton Altaparmakov
- * Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Jakob Kemi <jakob.kemi@telia.com>
- *
- * Documentation is available at http://www.linux-ntfs.org/doku.php?id=downloads
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
- * the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free Software
- * Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option) any later
- * version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
- * ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
- * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more
- * details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
- * this program (in the main directory of the source in the file COPYING); if
- * not, write to the Free Software Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330,
- * Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- */
-
-#include <linux/slab.h>
-#include <linux/pagemap.h>
-#include <linux/stringify.h>
-#include <linux/kernel.h>
-#include "ldm.h"
-#include "check.h"
-#include "msdos.h"
-
-/**
- * ldm_debug/info/error/crit - Output an error message
- * @f: A printf format string containing the message
- * @...: Variables to substitute into @f
- *
- * ldm_debug() writes a DEBUG level message to the syslog but only if the
- * driver was compiled with debug enabled. Otherwise, the call turns into a NOP.
- */
-#ifndef CONFIG_LDM_DEBUG
-#define ldm_debug(...) do {} while (0)
-#else
-#define ldm_debug(f, a...) _ldm_printk (KERN_DEBUG, __func__, f, ##a)
-#endif
-
-#define ldm_crit(f, a...) _ldm_printk (KERN_CRIT, __func__, f, ##a)
-#define ldm_error(f, a...) _ldm_printk (KERN_ERR, __func__, f, ##a)
-#define ldm_info(f, a...) _ldm_printk (KERN_INFO, __func__, f, ##a)
-
-static __printf(3, 4)
-void _ldm_printk(const char *level, const char *function, const char *fmt, ...)
-{
- struct va_format vaf;
- va_list args;
-
- va_start (args, fmt);
-
- vaf.fmt = fmt;
- vaf.va = &args;
-
- printk("%s%s(): %pV\n", level, function, &vaf);
-
- va_end(args);
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_hexbyte - Convert a ASCII hex number to a byte
- * @src: Pointer to at least 2 characters to convert.
- *
- * Convert a two character ASCII hex string to a number.
- *
- * Return: 0-255 Success, the byte was parsed correctly
- * -1 Error, an invalid character was supplied
- */
-static int ldm_parse_hexbyte (const u8 *src)
-{
- unsigned int x; /* For correct wrapping */
- int h;
-
- /* high part */
- x = h = hex_to_bin(src[0]);
- if (h < 0)
- return -1;
-
- /* low part */
- h = hex_to_bin(src[1]);
- if (h < 0)
- return -1;
-
- return (x << 4) + h;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_guid - Convert GUID from ASCII to binary
- * @src: 36 char string of the form fa50ff2b-f2e8-45de-83fa-65417f2f49ba
- * @dest: Memory block to hold binary GUID (16 bytes)
- *
- * N.B. The GUID need not be NULL terminated.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @dest contains binary GUID
- * 'false' @dest contents are undefined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_guid (const u8 *src, u8 *dest)
-{
- static const int size[] = { 4, 2, 2, 2, 6 };
- int i, j, v;
-
- if (src[8] != '-' || src[13] != '-' ||
- src[18] != '-' || src[23] != '-')
- return false;
-
- for (j = 0; j < 5; j++, src++)
- for (i = 0; i < size[j]; i++, src+=2, *dest++ = v)
- if ((v = ldm_parse_hexbyte (src)) < 0)
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_privhead - Read the LDM Database PRIVHEAD structure
- * @data: Raw database PRIVHEAD structure loaded from the device
- * @ph: In-memory privhead structure in which to return parsed information
- *
- * This parses the LDM database PRIVHEAD structure supplied in @data and
- * sets up the in-memory privhead structure @ph with the obtained information.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @ph contains the PRIVHEAD data
- * 'false' @ph contents are undefined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_privhead(const u8 *data, struct privhead *ph)
-{
- bool is_vista = false;
-
- BUG_ON(!data || !ph);
- if (MAGIC_PRIVHEAD != get_unaligned_be64(data)) {
- ldm_error("Cannot find PRIVHEAD structure. LDM database is"
- " corrupt. Aborting.");
- return false;
- }
- ph->ver_major = get_unaligned_be16(data + 0x000C);
- ph->ver_minor = get_unaligned_be16(data + 0x000E);
- ph->logical_disk_start = get_unaligned_be64(data + 0x011B);
- ph->logical_disk_size = get_unaligned_be64(data + 0x0123);
- ph->config_start = get_unaligned_be64(data + 0x012B);
- ph->config_size = get_unaligned_be64(data + 0x0133);
- /* Version 2.11 is Win2k/XP and version 2.12 is Vista. */
- if (ph->ver_major == 2 && ph->ver_minor == 12)
- is_vista = true;
- if (!is_vista && (ph->ver_major != 2 || ph->ver_minor != 11)) {
- ldm_error("Expected PRIVHEAD version 2.11 or 2.12, got %d.%d."
- " Aborting.", ph->ver_major, ph->ver_minor);
- return false;
- }
- ldm_debug("PRIVHEAD version %d.%d (Windows %s).", ph->ver_major,
- ph->ver_minor, is_vista ? "Vista" : "2000/XP");
- if (ph->config_size != LDM_DB_SIZE) { /* 1 MiB in sectors. */
- /* Warn the user and continue, carefully. */
- ldm_info("Database is normally %u bytes, it claims to "
- "be %llu bytes.", LDM_DB_SIZE,
- (unsigned long long)ph->config_size);
- }
- if ((ph->logical_disk_size == 0) || (ph->logical_disk_start +
- ph->logical_disk_size > ph->config_start)) {
- ldm_error("PRIVHEAD disk size doesn't match real disk size");
- return false;
- }
- if (!ldm_parse_guid(data + 0x0030, ph->disk_id)) {
- ldm_error("PRIVHEAD contains an invalid GUID.");
- return false;
- }
- ldm_debug("Parsed PRIVHEAD successfully.");
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_tocblock - Read the LDM Database TOCBLOCK structure
- * @data: Raw database TOCBLOCK structure loaded from the device
- * @toc: In-memory toc structure in which to return parsed information
- *
- * This parses the LDM Database TOCBLOCK (table of contents) structure supplied
- * in @data and sets up the in-memory tocblock structure @toc with the obtained
- * information.
- *
- * N.B. The *_start and *_size values returned in @toc are not range-checked.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @toc contains the TOCBLOCK data
- * 'false' @toc contents are undefined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_tocblock (const u8 *data, struct tocblock *toc)
-{
- BUG_ON (!data || !toc);
-
- if (MAGIC_TOCBLOCK != get_unaligned_be64(data)) {
- ldm_crit ("Cannot find TOCBLOCK, database may be corrupt.");
- return false;
- }
- strncpy (toc->bitmap1_name, data + 0x24, sizeof (toc->bitmap1_name));
- toc->bitmap1_name[sizeof (toc->bitmap1_name) - 1] = 0;
- toc->bitmap1_start = get_unaligned_be64(data + 0x2E);
- toc->bitmap1_size = get_unaligned_be64(data + 0x36);
-
- if (strncmp (toc->bitmap1_name, TOC_BITMAP1,
- sizeof (toc->bitmap1_name)) != 0) {
- ldm_crit ("TOCBLOCK's first bitmap is '%s', should be '%s'.",
- TOC_BITMAP1, toc->bitmap1_name);
- return false;
- }
- strncpy (toc->bitmap2_name, data + 0x46, sizeof (toc->bitmap2_name));
- toc->bitmap2_name[sizeof (toc->bitmap2_name) - 1] = 0;
- toc->bitmap2_start = get_unaligned_be64(data + 0x50);
- toc->bitmap2_size = get_unaligned_be64(data + 0x58);
- if (strncmp (toc->bitmap2_name, TOC_BITMAP2,
- sizeof (toc->bitmap2_name)) != 0) {
- ldm_crit ("TOCBLOCK's second bitmap is '%s', should be '%s'.",
- TOC_BITMAP2, toc->bitmap2_name);
- return false;
- }
- ldm_debug ("Parsed TOCBLOCK successfully.");
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_vmdb - Read the LDM Database VMDB structure
- * @data: Raw database VMDB structure loaded from the device
- * @vm: In-memory vmdb structure in which to return parsed information
- *
- * This parses the LDM Database VMDB structure supplied in @data and sets up
- * the in-memory vmdb structure @vm with the obtained information.
- *
- * N.B. The *_start, *_size and *_seq values will be range-checked later.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vm contains VMDB info
- * 'false' @vm contents are undefined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_vmdb (const u8 *data, struct vmdb *vm)
-{
- BUG_ON (!data || !vm);
-
- if (MAGIC_VMDB != get_unaligned_be32(data)) {
- ldm_crit ("Cannot find the VMDB, database may be corrupt.");
- return false;
- }
-
- vm->ver_major = get_unaligned_be16(data + 0x12);
- vm->ver_minor = get_unaligned_be16(data + 0x14);
- if ((vm->ver_major != 4) || (vm->ver_minor != 10)) {
- ldm_error ("Expected VMDB version %d.%d, got %d.%d. "
- "Aborting.", 4, 10, vm->ver_major, vm->ver_minor);
- return false;
- }
-
- vm->vblk_size = get_unaligned_be32(data + 0x08);
- if (vm->vblk_size == 0) {
- ldm_error ("Illegal VBLK size");
- return false;
- }
-
- vm->vblk_offset = get_unaligned_be32(data + 0x0C);
- vm->last_vblk_seq = get_unaligned_be32(data + 0x04);
-
- ldm_debug ("Parsed VMDB successfully.");
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_compare_privheads - Compare two privhead objects
- * @ph1: First privhead
- * @ph2: Second privhead
- *
- * This compares the two privhead structures @ph1 and @ph2.
- *
- * Return: 'true' Identical
- * 'false' Different
- */
-static bool ldm_compare_privheads (const struct privhead *ph1,
- const struct privhead *ph2)
-{
- BUG_ON (!ph1 || !ph2);
-
- return ((ph1->ver_major == ph2->ver_major) &&
- (ph1->ver_minor == ph2->ver_minor) &&
- (ph1->logical_disk_start == ph2->logical_disk_start) &&
- (ph1->logical_disk_size == ph2->logical_disk_size) &&
- (ph1->config_start == ph2->config_start) &&
- (ph1->config_size == ph2->config_size) &&
- !memcmp (ph1->disk_id, ph2->disk_id, GUID_SIZE));
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_compare_tocblocks - Compare two tocblock objects
- * @toc1: First toc
- * @toc2: Second toc
- *
- * This compares the two tocblock structures @toc1 and @toc2.
- *
- * Return: 'true' Identical
- * 'false' Different
- */
-static bool ldm_compare_tocblocks (const struct tocblock *toc1,
- const struct tocblock *toc2)
-{
- BUG_ON (!toc1 || !toc2);
-
- return ((toc1->bitmap1_start == toc2->bitmap1_start) &&
- (toc1->bitmap1_size == toc2->bitmap1_size) &&
- (toc1->bitmap2_start == toc2->bitmap2_start) &&
- (toc1->bitmap2_size == toc2->bitmap2_size) &&
- !strncmp (toc1->bitmap1_name, toc2->bitmap1_name,
- sizeof (toc1->bitmap1_name)) &&
- !strncmp (toc1->bitmap2_name, toc2->bitmap2_name,
- sizeof (toc1->bitmap2_name)));
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_validate_privheads - Compare the primary privhead with its backups
- * @state: Partition check state including device holding the LDM Database
- * @ph1: Memory struct to fill with ph contents
- *
- * Read and compare all three privheads from disk.
- *
- * The privheads on disk show the size and location of the main disk area and
- * the configuration area (the database). The values are range-checked against
- * @hd, which contains the real size of the disk.
- *
- * Return: 'true' Success
- * 'false' Error
- */
-static bool ldm_validate_privheads(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- struct privhead *ph1)
-{
- static const int off[3] = { OFF_PRIV1, OFF_PRIV2, OFF_PRIV3 };
- struct privhead *ph[3] = { ph1 };
- Sector sect;
- u8 *data;
- bool result = false;
- long num_sects;
- int i;
-
- BUG_ON (!state || !ph1);
-
- ph[1] = kmalloc (sizeof (*ph[1]), GFP_KERNEL);
- ph[2] = kmalloc (sizeof (*ph[2]), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!ph[1] || !ph[2]) {
- ldm_crit ("Out of memory.");
- goto out;
- }
-
- /* off[1 & 2] are relative to ph[0]->config_start */
- ph[0]->config_start = 0;
-
- /* Read and parse privheads */
- for (i = 0; i < 3; i++) {
- data = read_part_sector(state, ph[0]->config_start + off[i],
- &sect);
- if (!data) {
- ldm_crit ("Disk read failed.");
- goto out;
- }
- result = ldm_parse_privhead (data, ph[i]);
- put_dev_sector (sect);
- if (!result) {
- ldm_error ("Cannot find PRIVHEAD %d.", i+1); /* Log again */
- if (i < 2)
- goto out; /* Already logged */
- else
- break; /* FIXME ignore for now, 3rd PH can fail on odd-sized disks */
- }
- }
-
- num_sects = state->bdev->bd_inode->i_size >> 9;
-
- if ((ph[0]->config_start > num_sects) ||
- ((ph[0]->config_start + ph[0]->config_size) > num_sects)) {
- ldm_crit ("Database extends beyond the end of the disk.");
- goto out;
- }
-
- if ((ph[0]->logical_disk_start > ph[0]->config_start) ||
- ((ph[0]->logical_disk_start + ph[0]->logical_disk_size)
- > ph[0]->config_start)) {
- ldm_crit ("Disk and database overlap.");
- goto out;
- }
-
- if (!ldm_compare_privheads (ph[0], ph[1])) {
- ldm_crit ("Primary and backup PRIVHEADs don't match.");
- goto out;
- }
- /* FIXME ignore this for now
- if (!ldm_compare_privheads (ph[0], ph[2])) {
- ldm_crit ("Primary and backup PRIVHEADs don't match.");
- goto out;
- }*/
- ldm_debug ("Validated PRIVHEADs successfully.");
- result = true;
-out:
- kfree (ph[1]);
- kfree (ph[2]);
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_validate_tocblocks - Validate the table of contents and its backups
- * @state: Partition check state including device holding the LDM Database
- * @base: Offset, into @state->bdev, of the database
- * @ldb: Cache of the database structures
- *
- * Find and compare the four tables of contents of the LDM Database stored on
- * @state->bdev and return the parsed information into @toc1.
- *
- * The offsets and sizes of the configs are range-checked against a privhead.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @toc1 contains validated TOCBLOCK info
- * 'false' @toc1 contents are undefined
- */
-static bool ldm_validate_tocblocks(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- unsigned long base, struct ldmdb *ldb)
-{
- static const int off[4] = { OFF_TOCB1, OFF_TOCB2, OFF_TOCB3, OFF_TOCB4};
- struct tocblock *tb[4];
- struct privhead *ph;
- Sector sect;
- u8 *data;
- int i, nr_tbs;
- bool result = false;
-
- BUG_ON(!state || !ldb);
- ph = &ldb->ph;
- tb[0] = &ldb->toc;
- tb[1] = kmalloc(sizeof(*tb[1]) * 3, GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!tb[1]) {
- ldm_crit("Out of memory.");
- goto err;
- }
- tb[2] = (struct tocblock*)((u8*)tb[1] + sizeof(*tb[1]));
- tb[3] = (struct tocblock*)((u8*)tb[2] + sizeof(*tb[2]));
- /*
- * Try to read and parse all four TOCBLOCKs.
- *
- * Windows Vista LDM v2.12 does not always have all four TOCBLOCKs so
- * skip any that fail as long as we get at least one valid TOCBLOCK.
- */
- for (nr_tbs = i = 0; i < 4; i++) {
- data = read_part_sector(state, base + off[i], &sect);
- if (!data) {
- ldm_error("Disk read failed for TOCBLOCK %d.", i);
- continue;
- }
- if (ldm_parse_tocblock(data, tb[nr_tbs]))
- nr_tbs++;
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- }
- if (!nr_tbs) {
- ldm_crit("Failed to find a valid TOCBLOCK.");
- goto err;
- }
- /* Range check the TOCBLOCK against a privhead. */
- if (((tb[0]->bitmap1_start + tb[0]->bitmap1_size) > ph->config_size) ||
- ((tb[0]->bitmap2_start + tb[0]->bitmap2_size) >
- ph->config_size)) {
- ldm_crit("The bitmaps are out of range. Giving up.");
- goto err;
- }
- /* Compare all loaded TOCBLOCKs. */
- for (i = 1; i < nr_tbs; i++) {
- if (!ldm_compare_tocblocks(tb[0], tb[i])) {
- ldm_crit("TOCBLOCKs 0 and %d do not match.", i);
- goto err;
- }
- }
- ldm_debug("Validated %d TOCBLOCKs successfully.", nr_tbs);
- result = true;
-err:
- kfree(tb[1]);
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_validate_vmdb - Read the VMDB and validate it
- * @state: Partition check state including device holding the LDM Database
- * @base: Offset, into @bdev, of the database
- * @ldb: Cache of the database structures
- *
- * Find the vmdb of the LDM Database stored on @bdev and return the parsed
- * information in @ldb.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @ldb contains validated VBDB info
- * 'false' @ldb contents are undefined
- */
-static bool ldm_validate_vmdb(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- unsigned long base, struct ldmdb *ldb)
-{
- Sector sect;
- u8 *data;
- bool result = false;
- struct vmdb *vm;
- struct tocblock *toc;
-
- BUG_ON (!state || !ldb);
-
- vm = &ldb->vm;
- toc = &ldb->toc;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, base + OFF_VMDB, &sect);
- if (!data) {
- ldm_crit ("Disk read failed.");
- return false;
- }
-
- if (!ldm_parse_vmdb (data, vm))
- goto out; /* Already logged */
-
- /* Are there uncommitted transactions? */
- if (get_unaligned_be16(data + 0x10) != 0x01) {
- ldm_crit ("Database is not in a consistent state. Aborting.");
- goto out;
- }
-
- if (vm->vblk_offset != 512)
- ldm_info ("VBLKs start at offset 0x%04x.", vm->vblk_offset);
-
- /*
- * The last_vblkd_seq can be before the end of the vmdb, just make sure
- * it is not out of bounds.
- */
- if ((vm->vblk_size * vm->last_vblk_seq) > (toc->bitmap1_size << 9)) {
- ldm_crit ("VMDB exceeds allowed size specified by TOCBLOCK. "
- "Database is corrupt. Aborting.");
- goto out;
- }
-
- result = true;
-out:
- put_dev_sector (sect);
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * ldm_validate_partition_table - Determine whether bdev might be a dynamic disk
- * @state: Partition check state including device holding the LDM Database
- *
- * This function provides a weak test to decide whether the device is a dynamic
- * disk or not. It looks for an MS-DOS-style partition table containing at
- * least one partition of type 0x42 (formerly SFS, now used by Windows for
- * dynamic disks).
- *
- * N.B. The only possible error can come from the read_part_sector and that is
- * only likely to happen if the underlying device is strange. If that IS
- * the case we should return zero to let someone else try.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @state->bdev is a dynamic disk
- * 'false' @state->bdev is not a dynamic disk, or an error occurred
- */
-static bool ldm_validate_partition_table(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- Sector sect;
- u8 *data;
- struct partition *p;
- int i;
- bool result = false;
-
- BUG_ON(!state);
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!data) {
- ldm_info ("Disk read failed.");
- return false;
- }
-
- if (*(__le16*) (data + 0x01FE) != cpu_to_le16 (MSDOS_LABEL_MAGIC))
- goto out;
-
- p = (struct partition*)(data + 0x01BE);
- for (i = 0; i < 4; i++, p++)
- if (SYS_IND (p) == LDM_PARTITION) {
- result = true;
- break;
- }
-
- if (result)
- ldm_debug ("Found W2K dynamic disk partition type.");
-
-out:
- put_dev_sector (sect);
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_get_disk_objid - Search a linked list of vblk's for a given Disk Id
- * @ldb: Cache of the database structures
- *
- * The LDM Database contains a list of all partitions on all dynamic disks.
- * The primary PRIVHEAD, at the beginning of the physical disk, tells us
- * the GUID of this disk. This function searches for the GUID in a linked
- * list of vblk's.
- *
- * Return: Pointer, A matching vblk was found
- * NULL, No match, or an error
- */
-static struct vblk * ldm_get_disk_objid (const struct ldmdb *ldb)
-{
- struct list_head *item;
-
- BUG_ON (!ldb);
-
- list_for_each (item, &ldb->v_disk) {
- struct vblk *v = list_entry (item, struct vblk, list);
- if (!memcmp (v->vblk.disk.disk_id, ldb->ph.disk_id, GUID_SIZE))
- return v;
- }
-
- return NULL;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_create_data_partitions - Create data partitions for this device
- * @pp: List of the partitions parsed so far
- * @ldb: Cache of the database structures
- *
- * The database contains ALL the partitions for ALL disk groups, so we need to
- * filter out this specific disk. Using the disk's object id, we can find all
- * the partitions in the database that belong to this disk.
- *
- * Add each partition in our database, to the parsed_partitions structure.
- *
- * N.B. This function creates the partitions in the order it finds partition
- * objects in the linked list.
- *
- * Return: 'true' Partition created
- * 'false' Error, probably a range checking problem
- */
-static bool ldm_create_data_partitions (struct parsed_partitions *pp,
- const struct ldmdb *ldb)
-{
- struct list_head *item;
- struct vblk *vb;
- struct vblk *disk;
- struct vblk_part *part;
- int part_num = 1;
-
- BUG_ON (!pp || !ldb);
-
- disk = ldm_get_disk_objid (ldb);
- if (!disk) {
- ldm_crit ("Can't find the ID of this disk in the database.");
- return false;
- }
-
- strlcat(pp->pp_buf, " [LDM]", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- /* Create the data partitions */
- list_for_each (item, &ldb->v_part) {
- vb = list_entry (item, struct vblk, list);
- part = &vb->vblk.part;
-
- if (part->disk_id != disk->obj_id)
- continue;
-
- put_partition (pp, part_num, ldb->ph.logical_disk_start +
- part->start, part->size);
- part_num++;
- }
-
- strlcat(pp->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- return true;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * ldm_relative - Calculate the next relative offset
- * @buffer: Block of data being worked on
- * @buflen: Size of the block of data
- * @base: Size of the previous fixed width fields
- * @offset: Cumulative size of the previous variable-width fields
- *
- * Because many of the VBLK fields are variable-width, it's necessary
- * to calculate each offset based on the previous one and the length
- * of the field it pointed to.
- *
- * Return: -1 Error, the calculated offset exceeded the size of the buffer
- * n OK, a range-checked offset into buffer
- */
-static int ldm_relative(const u8 *buffer, int buflen, int base, int offset)
-{
-
- base += offset;
- if (!buffer || offset < 0 || base > buflen) {
- if (!buffer)
- ldm_error("!buffer");
- if (offset < 0)
- ldm_error("offset (%d) < 0", offset);
- if (base > buflen)
- ldm_error("base (%d) > buflen (%d)", base, buflen);
- return -1;
- }
- if (base + buffer[base] >= buflen) {
- ldm_error("base (%d) + buffer[base] (%d) >= buflen (%d)", base,
- buffer[base], buflen);
- return -1;
- }
- return buffer[base] + offset + 1;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_get_vnum - Convert a variable-width, big endian number, into cpu order
- * @block: Pointer to the variable-width number to convert
- *
- * Large numbers in the LDM Database are often stored in a packed format. Each
- * number is prefixed by a one byte width marker. All numbers in the database
- * are stored in big-endian byte order. This function reads one of these
- * numbers and returns the result
- *
- * N.B. This function DOES NOT perform any range checking, though the most
- * it will read is eight bytes.
- *
- * Return: n A number
- * 0 Zero, or an error occurred
- */
-static u64 ldm_get_vnum (const u8 *block)
-{
- u64 tmp = 0;
- u8 length;
-
- BUG_ON (!block);
-
- length = *block++;
-
- if (length && length <= 8)
- while (length--)
- tmp = (tmp << 8) | *block++;
- else
- ldm_error ("Illegal length %d.", length);
-
- return tmp;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_get_vstr - Read a length-prefixed string into a buffer
- * @block: Pointer to the length marker
- * @buffer: Location to copy string to
- * @buflen: Size of the output buffer
- *
- * Many of the strings in the LDM Database are not NULL terminated. Instead
- * they are prefixed by a one byte length marker. This function copies one of
- * these strings into a buffer.
- *
- * N.B. This function DOES NOT perform any range checking on the input.
- * If the buffer is too small, the output will be truncated.
- *
- * Return: 0, Error and @buffer contents are undefined
- * n, String length in characters (excluding NULL)
- * buflen-1, String was truncated.
- */
-static int ldm_get_vstr (const u8 *block, u8 *buffer, int buflen)
-{
- int length;
-
- BUG_ON (!block || !buffer);
-
- length = block[0];
- if (length >= buflen) {
- ldm_error ("Truncating string %d -> %d.", length, buflen);
- length = buflen - 1;
- }
- memcpy (buffer, block + 1, length);
- buffer[length] = 0;
- return length;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_cmp3 - Read a raw VBLK Component object into a vblk structure
- * @buffer: Block of data being worked on
- * @buflen: Size of the block of data
- * @vb: In-memory vblk in which to return information
- *
- * Read a raw VBLK Component object (version 3) into a vblk structure.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vb contains a Component VBLK
- * 'false' @vb contents are not defined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_cmp3 (const u8 *buffer, int buflen, struct vblk *vb)
-{
- int r_objid, r_name, r_vstate, r_child, r_parent, r_stripe, r_cols, len;
- struct vblk_comp *comp;
-
- BUG_ON (!buffer || !vb);
-
- r_objid = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, 0);
- r_name = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_objid);
- r_vstate = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_name);
- r_child = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x1D, r_vstate);
- r_parent = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x2D, r_child);
-
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_COMP_STRIPE) {
- r_stripe = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x2E, r_parent);
- r_cols = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x2E, r_stripe);
- len = r_cols;
- } else {
- r_stripe = 0;
- r_cols = 0;
- len = r_parent;
- }
- if (len < 0)
- return false;
-
- len += VBLK_SIZE_CMP3;
- if (len != get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14))
- return false;
-
- comp = &vb->vblk.comp;
- ldm_get_vstr (buffer + 0x18 + r_name, comp->state,
- sizeof (comp->state));
- comp->type = buffer[0x18 + r_vstate];
- comp->children = ldm_get_vnum (buffer + 0x1D + r_vstate);
- comp->parent_id = ldm_get_vnum (buffer + 0x2D + r_child);
- comp->chunksize = r_stripe ? ldm_get_vnum (buffer+r_parent+0x2E) : 0;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_dgr3 - Read a raw VBLK Disk Group object into a vblk structure
- * @buffer: Block of data being worked on
- * @buflen: Size of the block of data
- * @vb: In-memory vblk in which to return information
- *
- * Read a raw VBLK Disk Group object (version 3) into a vblk structure.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vb contains a Disk Group VBLK
- * 'false' @vb contents are not defined
- */
-static int ldm_parse_dgr3 (const u8 *buffer, int buflen, struct vblk *vb)
-{
- int r_objid, r_name, r_diskid, r_id1, r_id2, len;
- struct vblk_dgrp *dgrp;
-
- BUG_ON (!buffer || !vb);
-
- r_objid = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, 0);
- r_name = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_objid);
- r_diskid = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_name);
-
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_DGR3_IDS) {
- r_id1 = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x24, r_diskid);
- r_id2 = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x24, r_id1);
- len = r_id2;
- } else {
- r_id1 = 0;
- r_id2 = 0;
- len = r_diskid;
- }
- if (len < 0)
- return false;
-
- len += VBLK_SIZE_DGR3;
- if (len != get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14))
- return false;
-
- dgrp = &vb->vblk.dgrp;
- ldm_get_vstr (buffer + 0x18 + r_name, dgrp->disk_id,
- sizeof (dgrp->disk_id));
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_dgr4 - Read a raw VBLK Disk Group object into a vblk structure
- * @buffer: Block of data being worked on
- * @buflen: Size of the block of data
- * @vb: In-memory vblk in which to return information
- *
- * Read a raw VBLK Disk Group object (version 4) into a vblk structure.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vb contains a Disk Group VBLK
- * 'false' @vb contents are not defined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_dgr4 (const u8 *buffer, int buflen, struct vblk *vb)
-{
- char buf[64];
- int r_objid, r_name, r_id1, r_id2, len;
- struct vblk_dgrp *dgrp;
-
- BUG_ON (!buffer || !vb);
-
- r_objid = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, 0);
- r_name = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_objid);
-
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_DGR4_IDS) {
- r_id1 = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x44, r_name);
- r_id2 = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x44, r_id1);
- len = r_id2;
- } else {
- r_id1 = 0;
- r_id2 = 0;
- len = r_name;
- }
- if (len < 0)
- return false;
-
- len += VBLK_SIZE_DGR4;
- if (len != get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14))
- return false;
-
- dgrp = &vb->vblk.dgrp;
-
- ldm_get_vstr (buffer + 0x18 + r_objid, buf, sizeof (buf));
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_dsk3 - Read a raw VBLK Disk object into a vblk structure
- * @buffer: Block of data being worked on
- * @buflen: Size of the block of data
- * @vb: In-memory vblk in which to return information
- *
- * Read a raw VBLK Disk object (version 3) into a vblk structure.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vb contains a Disk VBLK
- * 'false' @vb contents are not defined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_dsk3 (const u8 *buffer, int buflen, struct vblk *vb)
-{
- int r_objid, r_name, r_diskid, r_altname, len;
- struct vblk_disk *disk;
-
- BUG_ON (!buffer || !vb);
-
- r_objid = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, 0);
- r_name = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_objid);
- r_diskid = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_name);
- r_altname = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_diskid);
- len = r_altname;
- if (len < 0)
- return false;
-
- len += VBLK_SIZE_DSK3;
- if (len != get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14))
- return false;
-
- disk = &vb->vblk.disk;
- ldm_get_vstr (buffer + 0x18 + r_diskid, disk->alt_name,
- sizeof (disk->alt_name));
- if (!ldm_parse_guid (buffer + 0x19 + r_name, disk->disk_id))
- return false;
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_dsk4 - Read a raw VBLK Disk object into a vblk structure
- * @buffer: Block of data being worked on
- * @buflen: Size of the block of data
- * @vb: In-memory vblk in which to return information
- *
- * Read a raw VBLK Disk object (version 4) into a vblk structure.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vb contains a Disk VBLK
- * 'false' @vb contents are not defined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_dsk4 (const u8 *buffer, int buflen, struct vblk *vb)
-{
- int r_objid, r_name, len;
- struct vblk_disk *disk;
-
- BUG_ON (!buffer || !vb);
-
- r_objid = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, 0);
- r_name = ldm_relative (buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_objid);
- len = r_name;
- if (len < 0)
- return false;
-
- len += VBLK_SIZE_DSK4;
- if (len != get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14))
- return false;
-
- disk = &vb->vblk.disk;
- memcpy (disk->disk_id, buffer + 0x18 + r_name, GUID_SIZE);
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_prt3 - Read a raw VBLK Partition object into a vblk structure
- * @buffer: Block of data being worked on
- * @buflen: Size of the block of data
- * @vb: In-memory vblk in which to return information
- *
- * Read a raw VBLK Partition object (version 3) into a vblk structure.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vb contains a Partition VBLK
- * 'false' @vb contents are not defined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_prt3(const u8 *buffer, int buflen, struct vblk *vb)
-{
- int r_objid, r_name, r_size, r_parent, r_diskid, r_index, len;
- struct vblk_part *part;
-
- BUG_ON(!buffer || !vb);
- r_objid = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x18, 0);
- if (r_objid < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_objid %d < 0", r_objid);
- return false;
- }
- r_name = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_objid);
- if (r_name < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_name %d < 0", r_name);
- return false;
- }
- r_size = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x34, r_name);
- if (r_size < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_size %d < 0", r_size);
- return false;
- }
- r_parent = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x34, r_size);
- if (r_parent < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_parent %d < 0", r_parent);
- return false;
- }
- r_diskid = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x34, r_parent);
- if (r_diskid < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_diskid %d < 0", r_diskid);
- return false;
- }
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_PART_INDEX) {
- r_index = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x34, r_diskid);
- if (r_index < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_index %d < 0", r_index);
- return false;
- }
- len = r_index;
- } else {
- r_index = 0;
- len = r_diskid;
- }
- if (len < 0) {
- ldm_error("len %d < 0", len);
- return false;
- }
- len += VBLK_SIZE_PRT3;
- if (len > get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14)) {
- ldm_error("len %d > BE32(buffer + 0x14) %d", len,
- get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14));
- return false;
- }
- part = &vb->vblk.part;
- part->start = get_unaligned_be64(buffer + 0x24 + r_name);
- part->volume_offset = get_unaligned_be64(buffer + 0x2C + r_name);
- part->size = ldm_get_vnum(buffer + 0x34 + r_name);
- part->parent_id = ldm_get_vnum(buffer + 0x34 + r_size);
- part->disk_id = ldm_get_vnum(buffer + 0x34 + r_parent);
- if (vb->flags & VBLK_FLAG_PART_INDEX)
- part->partnum = buffer[0x35 + r_diskid];
- else
- part->partnum = 0;
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_vol5 - Read a raw VBLK Volume object into a vblk structure
- * @buffer: Block of data being worked on
- * @buflen: Size of the block of data
- * @vb: In-memory vblk in which to return information
- *
- * Read a raw VBLK Volume object (version 5) into a vblk structure.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vb contains a Volume VBLK
- * 'false' @vb contents are not defined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_vol5(const u8 *buffer, int buflen, struct vblk *vb)
-{
- int r_objid, r_name, r_vtype, r_disable_drive_letter, r_child, r_size;
- int r_id1, r_id2, r_size2, r_drive, len;
- struct vblk_volu *volu;
-
- BUG_ON(!buffer || !vb);
- r_objid = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x18, 0);
- if (r_objid < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_objid %d < 0", r_objid);
- return false;
- }
- r_name = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_objid);
- if (r_name < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_name %d < 0", r_name);
- return false;
- }
- r_vtype = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_name);
- if (r_vtype < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_vtype %d < 0", r_vtype);
- return false;
- }
- r_disable_drive_letter = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x18, r_vtype);
- if (r_disable_drive_letter < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_disable_drive_letter %d < 0",
- r_disable_drive_letter);
- return false;
- }
- r_child = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x2D, r_disable_drive_letter);
- if (r_child < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_child %d < 0", r_child);
- return false;
- }
- r_size = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x3D, r_child);
- if (r_size < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_size %d < 0", r_size);
- return false;
- }
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_ID1) {
- r_id1 = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x52, r_size);
- if (r_id1 < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_id1 %d < 0", r_id1);
- return false;
- }
- } else
- r_id1 = r_size;
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_ID2) {
- r_id2 = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x52, r_id1);
- if (r_id2 < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_id2 %d < 0", r_id2);
- return false;
- }
- } else
- r_id2 = r_id1;
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_SIZE) {
- r_size2 = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x52, r_id2);
- if (r_size2 < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_size2 %d < 0", r_size2);
- return false;
- }
- } else
- r_size2 = r_id2;
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_DRIVE) {
- r_drive = ldm_relative(buffer, buflen, 0x52, r_size2);
- if (r_drive < 0) {
- ldm_error("r_drive %d < 0", r_drive);
- return false;
- }
- } else
- r_drive = r_size2;
- len = r_drive;
- if (len < 0) {
- ldm_error("len %d < 0", len);
- return false;
- }
- len += VBLK_SIZE_VOL5;
- if (len > get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14)) {
- ldm_error("len %d > BE32(buffer + 0x14) %d", len,
- get_unaligned_be32(buffer + 0x14));
- return false;
- }
- volu = &vb->vblk.volu;
- ldm_get_vstr(buffer + 0x18 + r_name, volu->volume_type,
- sizeof(volu->volume_type));
- memcpy(volu->volume_state, buffer + 0x18 + r_disable_drive_letter,
- sizeof(volu->volume_state));
- volu->size = ldm_get_vnum(buffer + 0x3D + r_child);
- volu->partition_type = buffer[0x41 + r_size];
- memcpy(volu->guid, buffer + 0x42 + r_size, sizeof(volu->guid));
- if (buffer[0x12] & VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_DRIVE) {
- ldm_get_vstr(buffer + 0x52 + r_size, volu->drive_hint,
- sizeof(volu->drive_hint));
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_parse_vblk - Read a raw VBLK object into a vblk structure
- * @buf: Block of data being worked on
- * @len: Size of the block of data
- * @vb: In-memory vblk in which to return information
- *
- * Read a raw VBLK object into a vblk structure. This function just reads the
- * information common to all VBLK types, then delegates the rest of the work to
- * helper functions: ldm_parse_*.
- *
- * Return: 'true' @vb contains a VBLK
- * 'false' @vb contents are not defined
- */
-static bool ldm_parse_vblk (const u8 *buf, int len, struct vblk *vb)
-{
- bool result = false;
- int r_objid;
-
- BUG_ON (!buf || !vb);
-
- r_objid = ldm_relative (buf, len, 0x18, 0);
- if (r_objid < 0) {
- ldm_error ("VBLK header is corrupt.");
- return false;
- }
-
- vb->flags = buf[0x12];
- vb->type = buf[0x13];
- vb->obj_id = ldm_get_vnum (buf + 0x18);
- ldm_get_vstr (buf+0x18+r_objid, vb->name, sizeof (vb->name));
-
- switch (vb->type) {
- case VBLK_CMP3: result = ldm_parse_cmp3 (buf, len, vb); break;
- case VBLK_DSK3: result = ldm_parse_dsk3 (buf, len, vb); break;
- case VBLK_DSK4: result = ldm_parse_dsk4 (buf, len, vb); break;
- case VBLK_DGR3: result = ldm_parse_dgr3 (buf, len, vb); break;
- case VBLK_DGR4: result = ldm_parse_dgr4 (buf, len, vb); break;
- case VBLK_PRT3: result = ldm_parse_prt3 (buf, len, vb); break;
- case VBLK_VOL5: result = ldm_parse_vol5 (buf, len, vb); break;
- }
-
- if (result)
- ldm_debug ("Parsed VBLK 0x%llx (type: 0x%02x) ok.",
- (unsigned long long) vb->obj_id, vb->type);
- else
- ldm_error ("Failed to parse VBLK 0x%llx (type: 0x%02x).",
- (unsigned long long) vb->obj_id, vb->type);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-
-/**
- * ldm_ldmdb_add - Adds a raw VBLK entry to the ldmdb database
- * @data: Raw VBLK to add to the database
- * @len: Size of the raw VBLK
- * @ldb: Cache of the database structures
- *
- * The VBLKs are sorted into categories. Partitions are also sorted by offset.
- *
- * N.B. This function does not check the validity of the VBLKs.
- *
- * Return: 'true' The VBLK was added
- * 'false' An error occurred
- */
-static bool ldm_ldmdb_add (u8 *data, int len, struct ldmdb *ldb)
-{
- struct vblk *vb;
- struct list_head *item;
-
- BUG_ON (!data || !ldb);
-
- vb = kmalloc (sizeof (*vb), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!vb) {
- ldm_crit ("Out of memory.");
- return false;
- }
-
- if (!ldm_parse_vblk (data, len, vb)) {
- kfree(vb);
- return false; /* Already logged */
- }
-
- /* Put vblk into the correct list. */
- switch (vb->type) {
- case VBLK_DGR3:
- case VBLK_DGR4:
- list_add (&vb->list, &ldb->v_dgrp);
- break;
- case VBLK_DSK3:
- case VBLK_DSK4:
- list_add (&vb->list, &ldb->v_disk);
- break;
- case VBLK_VOL5:
- list_add (&vb->list, &ldb->v_volu);
- break;
- case VBLK_CMP3:
- list_add (&vb->list, &ldb->v_comp);
- break;
- case VBLK_PRT3:
- /* Sort by the partition's start sector. */
- list_for_each (item, &ldb->v_part) {
- struct vblk *v = list_entry (item, struct vblk, list);
- if ((v->vblk.part.disk_id == vb->vblk.part.disk_id) &&
- (v->vblk.part.start > vb->vblk.part.start)) {
- list_add_tail (&vb->list, &v->list);
- return true;
- }
- }
- list_add_tail (&vb->list, &ldb->v_part);
- break;
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_frag_add - Add a VBLK fragment to a list
- * @data: Raw fragment to be added to the list
- * @size: Size of the raw fragment
- * @frags: Linked list of VBLK fragments
- *
- * Fragmented VBLKs may not be consecutive in the database, so they are placed
- * in a list so they can be pieced together later.
- *
- * Return: 'true' Success, the VBLK was added to the list
- * 'false' Error, a problem occurred
- */
-static bool ldm_frag_add (const u8 *data, int size, struct list_head *frags)
-{
- struct frag *f;
- struct list_head *item;
- int rec, num, group;
-
- BUG_ON (!data || !frags);
-
- if (size < 2 * VBLK_SIZE_HEAD) {
- ldm_error("Value of size is to small.");
- return false;
- }
-
- group = get_unaligned_be32(data + 0x08);
- rec = get_unaligned_be16(data + 0x0C);
- num = get_unaligned_be16(data + 0x0E);
- if ((num < 1) || (num > 4)) {
- ldm_error ("A VBLK claims to have %d parts.", num);
- return false;
- }
- if (rec >= num) {
- ldm_error("REC value (%d) exceeds NUM value (%d)", rec, num);
- return false;
- }
-
- list_for_each (item, frags) {
- f = list_entry (item, struct frag, list);
- if (f->group == group)
- goto found;
- }
-
- f = kmalloc (sizeof (*f) + size*num, GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!f) {
- ldm_crit ("Out of memory.");
- return false;
- }
-
- f->group = group;
- f->num = num;
- f->rec = rec;
- f->map = 0xFF << num;
-
- list_add_tail (&f->list, frags);
-found:
- if (rec >= f->num) {
- ldm_error("REC value (%d) exceeds NUM value (%d)", rec, f->num);
- return false;
- }
-
- if (f->map & (1 << rec)) {
- ldm_error ("Duplicate VBLK, part %d.", rec);
- f->map &= 0x7F; /* Mark the group as broken */
- return false;
- }
-
- f->map |= (1 << rec);
-
- data += VBLK_SIZE_HEAD;
- size -= VBLK_SIZE_HEAD;
-
- memcpy (f->data+rec*(size-VBLK_SIZE_HEAD)+VBLK_SIZE_HEAD, data, size);
-
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_frag_free - Free a linked list of VBLK fragments
- * @list: Linked list of fragments
- *
- * Free a linked list of VBLK fragments
- *
- * Return: none
- */
-static void ldm_frag_free (struct list_head *list)
-{
- struct list_head *item, *tmp;
-
- BUG_ON (!list);
-
- list_for_each_safe (item, tmp, list)
- kfree (list_entry (item, struct frag, list));
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_frag_commit - Validate fragmented VBLKs and add them to the database
- * @frags: Linked list of VBLK fragments
- * @ldb: Cache of the database structures
- *
- * Now that all the fragmented VBLKs have been collected, they must be added to
- * the database for later use.
- *
- * Return: 'true' All the fragments we added successfully
- * 'false' One or more of the fragments we invalid
- */
-static bool ldm_frag_commit (struct list_head *frags, struct ldmdb *ldb)
-{
- struct frag *f;
- struct list_head *item;
-
- BUG_ON (!frags || !ldb);
-
- list_for_each (item, frags) {
- f = list_entry (item, struct frag, list);
-
- if (f->map != 0xFF) {
- ldm_error ("VBLK group %d is incomplete (0x%02x).",
- f->group, f->map);
- return false;
- }
-
- if (!ldm_ldmdb_add (f->data, f->num*ldb->vm.vblk_size, ldb))
- return false; /* Already logged */
- }
- return true;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_get_vblks - Read the on-disk database of VBLKs into memory
- * @state: Partition check state including device holding the LDM Database
- * @base: Offset, into @state->bdev, of the database
- * @ldb: Cache of the database structures
- *
- * To use the information from the VBLKs, they need to be read from the disk,
- * unpacked and validated. We cache them in @ldb according to their type.
- *
- * Return: 'true' All the VBLKs were read successfully
- * 'false' An error occurred
- */
-static bool ldm_get_vblks(struct parsed_partitions *state, unsigned long base,
- struct ldmdb *ldb)
-{
- int size, perbuf, skip, finish, s, v, recs;
- u8 *data = NULL;
- Sector sect;
- bool result = false;
- LIST_HEAD (frags);
-
- BUG_ON(!state || !ldb);
-
- size = ldb->vm.vblk_size;
- perbuf = 512 / size;
- skip = ldb->vm.vblk_offset >> 9; /* Bytes to sectors */
- finish = (size * ldb->vm.last_vblk_seq) >> 9;
-
- for (s = skip; s < finish; s++) { /* For each sector */
- data = read_part_sector(state, base + OFF_VMDB + s, &sect);
- if (!data) {
- ldm_crit ("Disk read failed.");
- goto out;
- }
-
- for (v = 0; v < perbuf; v++, data+=size) { /* For each vblk */
- if (MAGIC_VBLK != get_unaligned_be32(data)) {
- ldm_error ("Expected to find a VBLK.");
- goto out;
- }
-
- recs = get_unaligned_be16(data + 0x0E); /* Number of records */
- if (recs == 1) {
- if (!ldm_ldmdb_add (data, size, ldb))
- goto out; /* Already logged */
- } else if (recs > 1) {
- if (!ldm_frag_add (data, size, &frags))
- goto out; /* Already logged */
- }
- /* else Record is not in use, ignore it. */
- }
- put_dev_sector (sect);
- data = NULL;
- }
-
- result = ldm_frag_commit (&frags, ldb); /* Failures, already logged */
-out:
- if (data)
- put_dev_sector (sect);
- ldm_frag_free (&frags);
-
- return result;
-}
-
-/**
- * ldm_free_vblks - Free a linked list of vblk's
- * @lh: Head of a linked list of struct vblk
- *
- * Free a list of vblk's and free the memory used to maintain the list.
- *
- * Return: none
- */
-static void ldm_free_vblks (struct list_head *lh)
-{
- struct list_head *item, *tmp;
-
- BUG_ON (!lh);
-
- list_for_each_safe (item, tmp, lh)
- kfree (list_entry (item, struct vblk, list));
-}
-
-
-/**
- * ldm_partition - Find out whether a device is a dynamic disk and handle it
- * @state: Partition check state including device holding the LDM Database
- *
- * This determines whether the device @bdev is a dynamic disk and if so creates
- * the partitions necessary in the gendisk structure pointed to by @hd.
- *
- * We create a dummy device 1, which contains the LDM database, and then create
- * each partition described by the LDM database in sequence as devices 2+. For
- * example, if the device is hda, we would have: hda1: LDM database, hda2, hda3,
- * and so on: the actual data containing partitions.
- *
- * Return: 1 Success, @state->bdev is a dynamic disk and we handled it
- * 0 Success, @state->bdev is not a dynamic disk
- * -1 An error occurred before enough information had been read
- * Or @state->bdev is a dynamic disk, but it may be corrupted
- */
-int ldm_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- struct ldmdb *ldb;
- unsigned long base;
- int result = -1;
-
- BUG_ON(!state);
-
- /* Look for signs of a Dynamic Disk */
- if (!ldm_validate_partition_table(state))
- return 0;
-
- ldb = kmalloc (sizeof (*ldb), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!ldb) {
- ldm_crit ("Out of memory.");
- goto out;
- }
-
- /* Parse and check privheads. */
- if (!ldm_validate_privheads(state, &ldb->ph))
- goto out; /* Already logged */
-
- /* All further references are relative to base (database start). */
- base = ldb->ph.config_start;
-
- /* Parse and check tocs and vmdb. */
- if (!ldm_validate_tocblocks(state, base, ldb) ||
- !ldm_validate_vmdb(state, base, ldb))
- goto out; /* Already logged */
-
- /* Initialize vblk lists in ldmdb struct */
- INIT_LIST_HEAD (&ldb->v_dgrp);
- INIT_LIST_HEAD (&ldb->v_disk);
- INIT_LIST_HEAD (&ldb->v_volu);
- INIT_LIST_HEAD (&ldb->v_comp);
- INIT_LIST_HEAD (&ldb->v_part);
-
- if (!ldm_get_vblks(state, base, ldb)) {
- ldm_crit ("Failed to read the VBLKs from the database.");
- goto cleanup;
- }
-
- /* Finally, create the data partition devices. */
- if (ldm_create_data_partitions(state, ldb)) {
- ldm_debug ("Parsed LDM database successfully.");
- result = 1;
- }
- /* else Already logged */
-
-cleanup:
- ldm_free_vblks (&ldb->v_dgrp);
- ldm_free_vblks (&ldb->v_disk);
- ldm_free_vblks (&ldb->v_volu);
- ldm_free_vblks (&ldb->v_comp);
- ldm_free_vblks (&ldb->v_part);
-out:
- kfree (ldb);
- return result;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/ldm.h b/fs/partitions/ldm.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 374242c0971a..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/ldm.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,215 +0,0 @@
-/**
- * ldm - Part of the Linux-NTFS project.
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Richard Russon <ldm@flatcap.org>
- * Copyright (c) 2001-2007 Anton Altaparmakov
- * Copyright (C) 2001,2002 Jakob Kemi <jakob.kemi@telia.com>
- *
- * Documentation is available at http://www.linux-ntfs.org/doku.php?id=downloads
- *
- * This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
- * under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the Free
- * Software Foundation; either version 2 of the License, or (at your option)
- * any later version.
- *
- * This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
- * but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
- * MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
- * GNU General Public License for more details.
- *
- * You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
- * along with this program (in the main directory of the Linux-NTFS source
- * in the file COPYING); if not, write to the Free Software Foundation,
- * Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston, MA 02111-1307 USA
- */
-
-#ifndef _FS_PT_LDM_H_
-#define _FS_PT_LDM_H_
-
-#include <linux/types.h>
-#include <linux/list.h>
-#include <linux/genhd.h>
-#include <linux/fs.h>
-#include <asm/unaligned.h>
-#include <asm/byteorder.h>
-
-struct parsed_partitions;
-
-/* Magic numbers in CPU format. */
-#define MAGIC_VMDB 0x564D4442 /* VMDB */
-#define MAGIC_VBLK 0x56424C4B /* VBLK */
-#define MAGIC_PRIVHEAD 0x5052495648454144ULL /* PRIVHEAD */
-#define MAGIC_TOCBLOCK 0x544F43424C4F434BULL /* TOCBLOCK */
-
-/* The defined vblk types. */
-#define VBLK_VOL5 0x51 /* Volume, version 5 */
-#define VBLK_CMP3 0x32 /* Component, version 3 */
-#define VBLK_PRT3 0x33 /* Partition, version 3 */
-#define VBLK_DSK3 0x34 /* Disk, version 3 */
-#define VBLK_DSK4 0x44 /* Disk, version 4 */
-#define VBLK_DGR3 0x35 /* Disk Group, version 3 */
-#define VBLK_DGR4 0x45 /* Disk Group, version 4 */
-
-/* vblk flags indicating extra information will be present */
-#define VBLK_FLAG_COMP_STRIPE 0x10
-#define VBLK_FLAG_PART_INDEX 0x08
-#define VBLK_FLAG_DGR3_IDS 0x08
-#define VBLK_FLAG_DGR4_IDS 0x08
-#define VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_ID1 0x08
-#define VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_ID2 0x20
-#define VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_SIZE 0x80
-#define VBLK_FLAG_VOLU_DRIVE 0x02
-
-/* size of a vblk's static parts */
-#define VBLK_SIZE_HEAD 16
-#define VBLK_SIZE_CMP3 22 /* Name and version */
-#define VBLK_SIZE_DGR3 12
-#define VBLK_SIZE_DGR4 44
-#define VBLK_SIZE_DSK3 12
-#define VBLK_SIZE_DSK4 45
-#define VBLK_SIZE_PRT3 28
-#define VBLK_SIZE_VOL5 58
-
-/* component types */
-#define COMP_STRIPE 0x01 /* Stripe-set */
-#define COMP_BASIC 0x02 /* Basic disk */
-#define COMP_RAID 0x03 /* Raid-set */
-
-/* Other constants. */
-#define LDM_DB_SIZE 2048 /* Size in sectors (= 1MiB). */
-
-#define OFF_PRIV1 6 /* Offset of the first privhead
- relative to the start of the
- device in sectors */
-
-/* Offsets to structures within the LDM Database in sectors. */
-#define OFF_PRIV2 1856 /* Backup private headers. */
-#define OFF_PRIV3 2047
-
-#define OFF_TOCB1 1 /* Tables of contents. */
-#define OFF_TOCB2 2
-#define OFF_TOCB3 2045
-#define OFF_TOCB4 2046
-
-#define OFF_VMDB 17 /* List of partitions. */
-
-#define LDM_PARTITION 0x42 /* Formerly SFS (Landis). */
-
-#define TOC_BITMAP1 "config" /* Names of the two defined */
-#define TOC_BITMAP2 "log" /* bitmaps in the TOCBLOCK. */
-
-/* Borrowed from msdos.c */
-#define SYS_IND(p) (get_unaligned(&(p)->sys_ind))
-
-struct frag { /* VBLK Fragment handling */
- struct list_head list;
- u32 group;
- u8 num; /* Total number of records */
- u8 rec; /* This is record number n */
- u8 map; /* Which portions are in use */
- u8 data[0];
-};
-
-/* In memory LDM database structures. */
-
-#define GUID_SIZE 16
-
-struct privhead { /* Offsets and sizes are in sectors. */
- u16 ver_major;
- u16 ver_minor;
- u64 logical_disk_start;
- u64 logical_disk_size;
- u64 config_start;
- u64 config_size;
- u8 disk_id[GUID_SIZE];
-};
-
-struct tocblock { /* We have exactly two bitmaps. */
- u8 bitmap1_name[16];
- u64 bitmap1_start;
- u64 bitmap1_size;
- u8 bitmap2_name[16];
- u64 bitmap2_start;
- u64 bitmap2_size;
-};
-
-struct vmdb { /* VMDB: The database header */
- u16 ver_major;
- u16 ver_minor;
- u32 vblk_size;
- u32 vblk_offset;
- u32 last_vblk_seq;
-};
-
-struct vblk_comp { /* VBLK Component */
- u8 state[16];
- u64 parent_id;
- u8 type;
- u8 children;
- u16 chunksize;
-};
-
-struct vblk_dgrp { /* VBLK Disk Group */
- u8 disk_id[64];
-};
-
-struct vblk_disk { /* VBLK Disk */
- u8 disk_id[GUID_SIZE];
- u8 alt_name[128];
-};
-
-struct vblk_part { /* VBLK Partition */
- u64 start;
- u64 size; /* start, size and vol_off in sectors */
- u64 volume_offset;
- u64 parent_id;
- u64 disk_id;
- u8 partnum;
-};
-
-struct vblk_volu { /* VBLK Volume */
- u8 volume_type[16];
- u8 volume_state[16];
- u8 guid[16];
- u8 drive_hint[4];
- u64 size;
- u8 partition_type;
-};
-
-struct vblk_head { /* VBLK standard header */
- u32 group;
- u16 rec;
- u16 nrec;
-};
-
-struct vblk { /* Generalised VBLK */
- u8 name[64];
- u64 obj_id;
- u32 sequence;
- u8 flags;
- u8 type;
- union {
- struct vblk_comp comp;
- struct vblk_dgrp dgrp;
- struct vblk_disk disk;
- struct vblk_part part;
- struct vblk_volu volu;
- } vblk;
- struct list_head list;
-};
-
-struct ldmdb { /* Cache of the database */
- struct privhead ph;
- struct tocblock toc;
- struct vmdb vm;
- struct list_head v_dgrp;
- struct list_head v_disk;
- struct list_head v_volu;
- struct list_head v_comp;
- struct list_head v_part;
-};
-
-int ldm_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-
-#endif /* _FS_PT_LDM_H_ */
-
diff --git a/fs/partitions/mac.c b/fs/partitions/mac.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 11f688bd76c5..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/mac.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,134 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/mac.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1998 Linus Torvalds
- * Re-organised Feb 1998 Russell King
- */
-
-#include <linux/ctype.h>
-#include "check.h"
-#include "mac.h"
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_PMAC
-#include <asm/machdep.h>
-extern void note_bootable_part(dev_t dev, int part, int goodness);
-#endif
-
-/*
- * Code to understand MacOS partition tables.
- */
-
-static inline void mac_fix_string(char *stg, int len)
-{
- int i;
-
- for (i = len - 1; i >= 0 && stg[i] == ' '; i--)
- stg[i] = 0;
-}
-
-int mac_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- int slot, blocks_in_map;
- unsigned secsize;
-#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_PMAC
- int found_root = 0;
- int found_root_goodness = 0;
-#endif
- struct mac_partition *part;
- struct mac_driver_desc *md;
-
- /* Get 0th block and look at the first partition map entry. */
- md = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!md)
- return -1;
- if (be16_to_cpu(md->signature) != MAC_DRIVER_MAGIC) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- secsize = be16_to_cpu(md->block_size);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- data = read_part_sector(state, secsize/512, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
- part = (struct mac_partition *) (data + secsize%512);
- if (be16_to_cpu(part->signature) != MAC_PARTITION_MAGIC) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0; /* not a MacOS disk */
- }
- blocks_in_map = be32_to_cpu(part->map_count);
- if (blocks_in_map < 0 || blocks_in_map >= DISK_MAX_PARTS) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " [mac]", PAGE_SIZE);
- for (slot = 1; slot <= blocks_in_map; ++slot) {
- int pos = slot * secsize;
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- data = read_part_sector(state, pos/512, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
- part = (struct mac_partition *) (data + pos%512);
- if (be16_to_cpu(part->signature) != MAC_PARTITION_MAGIC)
- break;
- put_partition(state, slot,
- be32_to_cpu(part->start_block) * (secsize/512),
- be32_to_cpu(part->block_count) * (secsize/512));
-
- if (!strnicmp(part->type, "Linux_RAID", 10))
- state->parts[slot].flags = ADDPART_FLAG_RAID;
-#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_PMAC
- /*
- * If this is the first bootable partition, tell the
- * setup code, in case it wants to make this the root.
- */
- if (machine_is(powermac)) {
- int goodness = 0;
-
- mac_fix_string(part->processor, 16);
- mac_fix_string(part->name, 32);
- mac_fix_string(part->type, 32);
-
- if ((be32_to_cpu(part->status) & MAC_STATUS_BOOTABLE)
- && strcasecmp(part->processor, "powerpc") == 0)
- goodness++;
-
- if (strcasecmp(part->type, "Apple_UNIX_SVR2") == 0
- || (strnicmp(part->type, "Linux", 5) == 0
- && strcasecmp(part->type, "Linux_swap") != 0)) {
- int i, l;
-
- goodness++;
- l = strlen(part->name);
- if (strcmp(part->name, "/") == 0)
- goodness++;
- for (i = 0; i <= l - 4; ++i) {
- if (strnicmp(part->name + i, "root",
- 4) == 0) {
- goodness += 2;
- break;
- }
- }
- if (strnicmp(part->name, "swap", 4) == 0)
- goodness--;
- }
-
- if (goodness > found_root_goodness) {
- found_root = slot;
- found_root_goodness = goodness;
- }
- }
-#endif /* CONFIG_PPC_PMAC */
- }
-#ifdef CONFIG_PPC_PMAC
- if (found_root_goodness)
- note_bootable_part(state->bdev->bd_dev, found_root,
- found_root_goodness);
-#endif
-
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/mac.h b/fs/partitions/mac.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 3c7d98436380..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/mac.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,44 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/mac.h
- */
-
-#define MAC_PARTITION_MAGIC 0x504d
-
-/* type field value for A/UX or other Unix partitions */
-#define APPLE_AUX_TYPE "Apple_UNIX_SVR2"
-
-struct mac_partition {
- __be16 signature; /* expected to be MAC_PARTITION_MAGIC */
- __be16 res1;
- __be32 map_count; /* # blocks in partition map */
- __be32 start_block; /* absolute starting block # of partition */
- __be32 block_count; /* number of blocks in partition */
- char name[32]; /* partition name */
- char type[32]; /* string type description */
- __be32 data_start; /* rel block # of first data block */
- __be32 data_count; /* number of data blocks */
- __be32 status; /* partition status bits */
- __be32 boot_start;
- __be32 boot_size;
- __be32 boot_load;
- __be32 boot_load2;
- __be32 boot_entry;
- __be32 boot_entry2;
- __be32 boot_cksum;
- char processor[16]; /* identifies ISA of boot */
- /* there is more stuff after this that we don't need */
-};
-
-#define MAC_STATUS_BOOTABLE 8 /* partition is bootable */
-
-#define MAC_DRIVER_MAGIC 0x4552
-
-/* Driver descriptor structure, in block 0 */
-struct mac_driver_desc {
- __be16 signature; /* expected to be MAC_DRIVER_MAGIC */
- __be16 block_size;
- __be32 block_count;
- /* ... more stuff */
-};
-
-int mac_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
diff --git a/fs/partitions/msdos.c b/fs/partitions/msdos.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 5f79a6677c69..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/msdos.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,552 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/msdos.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1998 Linus Torvalds
- *
- * Thanks to Branko Lankester, lankeste@fwi.uva.nl, who found a bug
- * in the early extended-partition checks and added DM partitions
- *
- * Support for DiskManager v6.0x added by Mark Lord,
- * with information provided by OnTrack. This now works for linux fdisk
- * and LILO, as well as loadlin and bootln. Note that disks other than
- * /dev/hda *must* have a "DOS" type 0x51 partition in the first slot (hda1).
- *
- * More flexible handling of extended partitions - aeb, 950831
- *
- * Check partition table on IDE disks for common CHS translations
- *
- * Re-organised Feb 1998 Russell King
- */
-#include <linux/msdos_fs.h>
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "msdos.h"
-#include "efi.h"
-
-/*
- * Many architectures don't like unaligned accesses, while
- * the nr_sects and start_sect partition table entries are
- * at a 2 (mod 4) address.
- */
-#include <asm/unaligned.h>
-
-#define SYS_IND(p) get_unaligned(&p->sys_ind)
-
-static inline sector_t nr_sects(struct partition *p)
-{
- return (sector_t)get_unaligned_le32(&p->nr_sects);
-}
-
-static inline sector_t start_sect(struct partition *p)
-{
- return (sector_t)get_unaligned_le32(&p->start_sect);
-}
-
-static inline int is_extended_partition(struct partition *p)
-{
- return (SYS_IND(p) == DOS_EXTENDED_PARTITION ||
- SYS_IND(p) == WIN98_EXTENDED_PARTITION ||
- SYS_IND(p) == LINUX_EXTENDED_PARTITION);
-}
-
-#define MSDOS_LABEL_MAGIC1 0x55
-#define MSDOS_LABEL_MAGIC2 0xAA
-
-static inline int
-msdos_magic_present(unsigned char *p)
-{
- return (p[0] == MSDOS_LABEL_MAGIC1 && p[1] == MSDOS_LABEL_MAGIC2);
-}
-
-/* Value is EBCDIC 'IBMA' */
-#define AIX_LABEL_MAGIC1 0xC9
-#define AIX_LABEL_MAGIC2 0xC2
-#define AIX_LABEL_MAGIC3 0xD4
-#define AIX_LABEL_MAGIC4 0xC1
-static int aix_magic_present(struct parsed_partitions *state, unsigned char *p)
-{
- struct partition *pt = (struct partition *) (p + 0x1be);
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *d;
- int slot, ret = 0;
-
- if (!(p[0] == AIX_LABEL_MAGIC1 &&
- p[1] == AIX_LABEL_MAGIC2 &&
- p[2] == AIX_LABEL_MAGIC3 &&
- p[3] == AIX_LABEL_MAGIC4))
- return 0;
- /* Assume the partition table is valid if Linux partitions exists */
- for (slot = 1; slot <= 4; slot++, pt++) {
- if (pt->sys_ind == LINUX_SWAP_PARTITION ||
- pt->sys_ind == LINUX_RAID_PARTITION ||
- pt->sys_ind == LINUX_DATA_PARTITION ||
- pt->sys_ind == LINUX_LVM_PARTITION ||
- is_extended_partition(pt))
- return 0;
- }
- d = read_part_sector(state, 7, &sect);
- if (d) {
- if (d[0] == '_' && d[1] == 'L' && d[2] == 'V' && d[3] == 'M')
- ret = 1;
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- };
- return ret;
-}
-
-/*
- * Create devices for each logical partition in an extended partition.
- * The logical partitions form a linked list, with each entry being
- * a partition table with two entries. The first entry
- * is the real data partition (with a start relative to the partition
- * table start). The second is a pointer to the next logical partition
- * (with a start relative to the entire extended partition).
- * We do not create a Linux partition for the partition tables, but
- * only for the actual data partitions.
- */
-
-static void parse_extended(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t first_sector, sector_t first_size)
-{
- struct partition *p;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- sector_t this_sector, this_size;
- sector_t sector_size = bdev_logical_block_size(state->bdev) / 512;
- int loopct = 0; /* number of links followed
- without finding a data partition */
- int i;
-
- this_sector = first_sector;
- this_size = first_size;
-
- while (1) {
- if (++loopct > 100)
- return;
- if (state->next == state->limit)
- return;
- data = read_part_sector(state, this_sector, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return;
-
- if (!msdos_magic_present(data + 510))
- goto done;
-
- p = (struct partition *) (data + 0x1be);
-
- /*
- * Usually, the first entry is the real data partition,
- * the 2nd entry is the next extended partition, or empty,
- * and the 3rd and 4th entries are unused.
- * However, DRDOS sometimes has the extended partition as
- * the first entry (when the data partition is empty),
- * and OS/2 seems to use all four entries.
- */
-
- /*
- * First process the data partition(s)
- */
- for (i=0; i<4; i++, p++) {
- sector_t offs, size, next;
- if (!nr_sects(p) || is_extended_partition(p))
- continue;
-
- /* Check the 3rd and 4th entries -
- these sometimes contain random garbage */
- offs = start_sect(p)*sector_size;
- size = nr_sects(p)*sector_size;
- next = this_sector + offs;
- if (i >= 2) {
- if (offs + size > this_size)
- continue;
- if (next < first_sector)
- continue;
- if (next + size > first_sector + first_size)
- continue;
- }
-
- put_partition(state, state->next, next, size);
- if (SYS_IND(p) == LINUX_RAID_PARTITION)
- state->parts[state->next].flags = ADDPART_FLAG_RAID;
- loopct = 0;
- if (++state->next == state->limit)
- goto done;
- }
- /*
- * Next, process the (first) extended partition, if present.
- * (So far, there seems to be no reason to make
- * parse_extended() recursive and allow a tree
- * of extended partitions.)
- * It should be a link to the next logical partition.
- */
- p -= 4;
- for (i=0; i<4; i++, p++)
- if (nr_sects(p) && is_extended_partition(p))
- break;
- if (i == 4)
- goto done; /* nothing left to do */
-
- this_sector = first_sector + start_sect(p) * sector_size;
- this_size = nr_sects(p) * sector_size;
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- }
-done:
- put_dev_sector(sect);
-}
-
-/* james@bpgc.com: Solaris has a nasty indicator: 0x82 which also
- indicates linux swap. Be careful before believing this is Solaris. */
-
-static void parse_solaris_x86(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t offset, sector_t size, int origin)
-{
-#ifdef CONFIG_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION
- Sector sect;
- struct solaris_x86_vtoc *v;
- int i;
- short max_nparts;
-
- v = read_part_sector(state, offset + 1, &sect);
- if (!v)
- return;
- if (le32_to_cpu(v->v_sanity) != SOLARIS_X86_VTOC_SANE) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return;
- }
- {
- char tmp[1 + BDEVNAME_SIZE + 10 + 11 + 1];
-
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " %s%d: <solaris:", state->name, origin);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- if (le32_to_cpu(v->v_version) != 1) {
- char tmp[64];
-
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " cannot handle version %d vtoc>\n",
- le32_to_cpu(v->v_version));
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return;
- }
- /* Ensure we can handle previous case of VTOC with 8 entries gracefully */
- max_nparts = le16_to_cpu (v->v_nparts) > 8 ? SOLARIS_X86_NUMSLICE : 8;
- for (i=0; i<max_nparts && state->next<state->limit; i++) {
- struct solaris_x86_slice *s = &v->v_slice[i];
- char tmp[3 + 10 + 1 + 1];
-
- if (s->s_size == 0)
- continue;
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " [s%d]", i);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- /* solaris partitions are relative to current MS-DOS
- * one; must add the offset of the current partition */
- put_partition(state, state->next++,
- le32_to_cpu(s->s_start)+offset,
- le32_to_cpu(s->s_size));
- }
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >\n", PAGE_SIZE);
-#endif
-}
-
-#if defined(CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL)
-/*
- * Create devices for BSD partitions listed in a disklabel, under a
- * dos-like partition. See parse_extended() for more information.
- */
-static void parse_bsd(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t offset, sector_t size, int origin, char *flavour,
- int max_partitions)
-{
- Sector sect;
- struct bsd_disklabel *l;
- struct bsd_partition *p;
- char tmp[64];
-
- l = read_part_sector(state, offset + 1, &sect);
- if (!l)
- return;
- if (le32_to_cpu(l->d_magic) != BSD_DISKMAGIC) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return;
- }
-
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " %s%d: <%s:", state->name, origin, flavour);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
-
- if (le16_to_cpu(l->d_npartitions) < max_partitions)
- max_partitions = le16_to_cpu(l->d_npartitions);
- for (p = l->d_partitions; p - l->d_partitions < max_partitions; p++) {
- sector_t bsd_start, bsd_size;
-
- if (state->next == state->limit)
- break;
- if (p->p_fstype == BSD_FS_UNUSED)
- continue;
- bsd_start = le32_to_cpu(p->p_offset);
- bsd_size = le32_to_cpu(p->p_size);
- if (offset == bsd_start && size == bsd_size)
- /* full parent partition, we have it already */
- continue;
- if (offset > bsd_start || offset+size < bsd_start+bsd_size) {
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "bad subpartition - ignored\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- continue;
- }
- put_partition(state, state->next++, bsd_start, bsd_size);
- }
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- if (le16_to_cpu(l->d_npartitions) > max_partitions) {
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " (ignored %d more)",
- le16_to_cpu(l->d_npartitions) - max_partitions);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >\n", PAGE_SIZE);
-}
-#endif
-
-static void parse_freebsd(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t offset, sector_t size, int origin)
-{
-#ifdef CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL
- parse_bsd(state, offset, size, origin, "bsd", BSD_MAXPARTITIONS);
-#endif
-}
-
-static void parse_netbsd(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t offset, sector_t size, int origin)
-{
-#ifdef CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL
- parse_bsd(state, offset, size, origin, "netbsd", BSD_MAXPARTITIONS);
-#endif
-}
-
-static void parse_openbsd(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t offset, sector_t size, int origin)
-{
-#ifdef CONFIG_BSD_DISKLABEL
- parse_bsd(state, offset, size, origin, "openbsd",
- OPENBSD_MAXPARTITIONS);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * Create devices for Unixware partitions listed in a disklabel, under a
- * dos-like partition. See parse_extended() for more information.
- */
-static void parse_unixware(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t offset, sector_t size, int origin)
-{
-#ifdef CONFIG_UNIXWARE_DISKLABEL
- Sector sect;
- struct unixware_disklabel *l;
- struct unixware_slice *p;
-
- l = read_part_sector(state, offset + 29, &sect);
- if (!l)
- return;
- if (le32_to_cpu(l->d_magic) != UNIXWARE_DISKMAGIC ||
- le32_to_cpu(l->vtoc.v_magic) != UNIXWARE_DISKMAGIC2) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return;
- }
- {
- char tmp[1 + BDEVNAME_SIZE + 10 + 12 + 1];
-
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " %s%d: <unixware:", state->name, origin);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- p = &l->vtoc.v_slice[1];
- /* I omit the 0th slice as it is the same as whole disk. */
- while (p - &l->vtoc.v_slice[0] < UNIXWARE_NUMSLICE) {
- if (state->next == state->limit)
- break;
-
- if (p->s_label != UNIXWARE_FS_UNUSED)
- put_partition(state, state->next++,
- le32_to_cpu(p->start_sect),
- le32_to_cpu(p->nr_sects));
- p++;
- }
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >\n", PAGE_SIZE);
-#endif
-}
-
-/*
- * Minix 2.0.0/2.0.2 subpartition support.
- * Anand Krishnamurthy <anandk@wiproge.med.ge.com>
- * Rajeev V. Pillai <rajeevvp@yahoo.com>
- */
-static void parse_minix(struct parsed_partitions *state,
- sector_t offset, sector_t size, int origin)
-{
-#ifdef CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- struct partition *p;
- int i;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, offset, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return;
-
- p = (struct partition *)(data + 0x1be);
-
- /* The first sector of a Minix partition can have either
- * a secondary MBR describing its subpartitions, or
- * the normal boot sector. */
- if (msdos_magic_present (data + 510) &&
- SYS_IND(p) == MINIX_PARTITION) { /* subpartition table present */
- char tmp[1 + BDEVNAME_SIZE + 10 + 9 + 1];
-
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), " %s%d: <minix:", state->name, origin);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- for (i = 0; i < MINIX_NR_SUBPARTITIONS; i++, p++) {
- if (state->next == state->limit)
- break;
- /* add each partition in use */
- if (SYS_IND(p) == MINIX_PARTITION)
- put_partition(state, state->next++,
- start_sect(p), nr_sects(p));
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- put_dev_sector(sect);
-#endif /* CONFIG_MINIX_SUBPARTITION */
-}
-
-static struct {
- unsigned char id;
- void (*parse)(struct parsed_partitions *, sector_t, sector_t, int);
-} subtypes[] = {
- {FREEBSD_PARTITION, parse_freebsd},
- {NETBSD_PARTITION, parse_netbsd},
- {OPENBSD_PARTITION, parse_openbsd},
- {MINIX_PARTITION, parse_minix},
- {UNIXWARE_PARTITION, parse_unixware},
- {SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION, parse_solaris_x86},
- {NEW_SOLARIS_X86_PARTITION, parse_solaris_x86},
- {0, NULL},
-};
-
-int msdos_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- sector_t sector_size = bdev_logical_block_size(state->bdev) / 512;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- struct partition *p;
- struct fat_boot_sector *fb;
- int slot;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
- if (!msdos_magic_present(data + 510)) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
-
- if (aix_magic_present(state, data)) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " [AIX]", PAGE_SIZE);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /*
- * Now that the 55aa signature is present, this is probably
- * either the boot sector of a FAT filesystem or a DOS-type
- * partition table. Reject this in case the boot indicator
- * is not 0 or 0x80.
- */
- p = (struct partition *) (data + 0x1be);
- for (slot = 1; slot <= 4; slot++, p++) {
- if (p->boot_ind != 0 && p->boot_ind != 0x80) {
- /*
- * Even without a valid boot inidicator value
- * its still possible this is valid FAT filesystem
- * without a partition table.
- */
- fb = (struct fat_boot_sector *) data;
- if (slot == 1 && fb->reserved && fb->fats
- && fat_valid_media(fb->media)) {
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 1;
- } else {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- }
- }
-
-#ifdef CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
- p = (struct partition *) (data + 0x1be);
- for (slot = 1 ; slot <= 4 ; slot++, p++) {
- /* If this is an EFI GPT disk, msdos should ignore it. */
- if (SYS_IND(p) == EFI_PMBR_OSTYPE_EFI_GPT) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- }
-#endif
- p = (struct partition *) (data + 0x1be);
-
- /*
- * Look for partitions in two passes:
- * First find the primary and DOS-type extended partitions.
- * On the second pass look inside *BSD, Unixware and Solaris partitions.
- */
-
- state->next = 5;
- for (slot = 1 ; slot <= 4 ; slot++, p++) {
- sector_t start = start_sect(p)*sector_size;
- sector_t size = nr_sects(p)*sector_size;
- if (!size)
- continue;
- if (is_extended_partition(p)) {
- /*
- * prevent someone doing mkfs or mkswap on an
- * extended partition, but leave room for LILO
- * FIXME: this uses one logical sector for > 512b
- * sector, although it may not be enough/proper.
- */
- sector_t n = 2;
- n = min(size, max(sector_size, n));
- put_partition(state, slot, start, n);
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " <", PAGE_SIZE);
- parse_extended(state, start, size);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, " >", PAGE_SIZE);
- continue;
- }
- put_partition(state, slot, start, size);
- if (SYS_IND(p) == LINUX_RAID_PARTITION)
- state->parts[slot].flags = ADDPART_FLAG_RAID;
- if (SYS_IND(p) == DM6_PARTITION)
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "[DM]", PAGE_SIZE);
- if (SYS_IND(p) == EZD_PARTITION)
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "[EZD]", PAGE_SIZE);
- }
-
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
-
- /* second pass - output for each on a separate line */
- p = (struct partition *) (0x1be + data);
- for (slot = 1 ; slot <= 4 ; slot++, p++) {
- unsigned char id = SYS_IND(p);
- int n;
-
- if (!nr_sects(p))
- continue;
-
- for (n = 0; subtypes[n].parse && id != subtypes[n].id; n++)
- ;
-
- if (!subtypes[n].parse)
- continue;
- subtypes[n].parse(state, start_sect(p) * sector_size,
- nr_sects(p) * sector_size, slot);
- }
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/msdos.h b/fs/partitions/msdos.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 38c781c490b3..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/msdos.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/msdos.h
- */
-
-#define MSDOS_LABEL_MAGIC 0xAA55
-
-int msdos_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-
diff --git a/fs/partitions/osf.c b/fs/partitions/osf.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 764b86a01965..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/osf.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,86 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/osf.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1998 Linus Torvalds
- * Re-organised Feb 1998 Russell King
- */
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "osf.h"
-
-#define MAX_OSF_PARTITIONS 18
-
-int osf_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- int i;
- int slot = 1;
- unsigned int npartitions;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- struct disklabel {
- __le32 d_magic;
- __le16 d_type,d_subtype;
- u8 d_typename[16];
- u8 d_packname[16];
- __le32 d_secsize;
- __le32 d_nsectors;
- __le32 d_ntracks;
- __le32 d_ncylinders;
- __le32 d_secpercyl;
- __le32 d_secprtunit;
- __le16 d_sparespertrack;
- __le16 d_sparespercyl;
- __le32 d_acylinders;
- __le16 d_rpm, d_interleave, d_trackskew, d_cylskew;
- __le32 d_headswitch, d_trkseek, d_flags;
- __le32 d_drivedata[5];
- __le32 d_spare[5];
- __le32 d_magic2;
- __le16 d_checksum;
- __le16 d_npartitions;
- __le32 d_bbsize, d_sbsize;
- struct d_partition {
- __le32 p_size;
- __le32 p_offset;
- __le32 p_fsize;
- u8 p_fstype;
- u8 p_frag;
- __le16 p_cpg;
- } d_partitions[MAX_OSF_PARTITIONS];
- } * label;
- struct d_partition * partition;
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- label = (struct disklabel *) (data+64);
- partition = label->d_partitions;
- if (le32_to_cpu(label->d_magic) != DISKLABELMAGIC) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- if (le32_to_cpu(label->d_magic2) != DISKLABELMAGIC) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- npartitions = le16_to_cpu(label->d_npartitions);
- if (npartitions > MAX_OSF_PARTITIONS) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- for (i = 0 ; i < npartitions; i++, partition++) {
- if (slot == state->limit)
- break;
- if (le32_to_cpu(partition->p_size))
- put_partition(state, slot,
- le32_to_cpu(partition->p_offset),
- le32_to_cpu(partition->p_size));
- slot++;
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/osf.h b/fs/partitions/osf.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 20ed2315ec16..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/osf.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,7 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/osf.h
- */
-
-#define DISKLABELMAGIC (0x82564557UL)
-
-int osf_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
diff --git a/fs/partitions/sgi.c b/fs/partitions/sgi.c
deleted file mode 100644
index ea8a86dceaf4..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/sgi.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,82 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/sgi.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- */
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "sgi.h"
-
-struct sgi_disklabel {
- __be32 magic_mushroom; /* Big fat spliff... */
- __be16 root_part_num; /* Root partition number */
- __be16 swap_part_num; /* Swap partition number */
- s8 boot_file[16]; /* Name of boot file for ARCS */
- u8 _unused0[48]; /* Device parameter useless crapola.. */
- struct sgi_volume {
- s8 name[8]; /* Name of volume */
- __be32 block_num; /* Logical block number */
- __be32 num_bytes; /* How big, in bytes */
- } volume[15];
- struct sgi_partition {
- __be32 num_blocks; /* Size in logical blocks */
- __be32 first_block; /* First logical block */
- __be32 type; /* Type of this partition */
- } partitions[16];
- __be32 csum; /* Disk label checksum */
- __be32 _unused1; /* Padding */
-};
-
-int sgi_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- int i, csum;
- __be32 magic;
- int slot = 1;
- unsigned int start, blocks;
- __be32 *ui, cs;
- Sector sect;
- struct sgi_disklabel *label;
- struct sgi_partition *p;
- char b[BDEVNAME_SIZE];
-
- label = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!label)
- return -1;
- p = &label->partitions[0];
- magic = label->magic_mushroom;
- if(be32_to_cpu(magic) != SGI_LABEL_MAGIC) {
- /*printk("Dev %s SGI disklabel: bad magic %08x\n",
- bdevname(bdev, b), be32_to_cpu(magic));*/
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- ui = ((__be32 *) (label + 1)) - 1;
- for(csum = 0; ui >= ((__be32 *) label);) {
- cs = *ui--;
- csum += be32_to_cpu(cs);
- }
- if(csum) {
- printk(KERN_WARNING "Dev %s SGI disklabel: csum bad, label corrupted\n",
- bdevname(state->bdev, b));
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- /* All SGI disk labels have 16 partitions, disks under Linux only
- * have 15 minor's. Luckily there are always a few zero length
- * partitions which we don't care about so we never overflow the
- * current_minor.
- */
- for(i = 0; i < 16; i++, p++) {
- blocks = be32_to_cpu(p->num_blocks);
- start = be32_to_cpu(p->first_block);
- if (blocks) {
- put_partition(state, slot, start, blocks);
- if (be32_to_cpu(p->type) == LINUX_RAID_PARTITION)
- state->parts[slot].flags = ADDPART_FLAG_RAID;
- }
- slot++;
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/sgi.h b/fs/partitions/sgi.h
deleted file mode 100644
index b9553ebdd5a9..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/sgi.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/sgi.h
- */
-
-extern int sgi_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
-
-#define SGI_LABEL_MAGIC 0x0be5a941
-
diff --git a/fs/partitions/sun.c b/fs/partitions/sun.c
deleted file mode 100644
index b5b6fcfb3d36..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/sun.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,122 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/sun.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- *
- * Copyright (C) 1991-1998 Linus Torvalds
- * Re-organised Feb 1998 Russell King
- */
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "sun.h"
-
-int sun_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- int i;
- __be16 csum;
- int slot = 1;
- __be16 *ush;
- Sector sect;
- struct sun_disklabel {
- unsigned char info[128]; /* Informative text string */
- struct sun_vtoc {
- __be32 version; /* Layout version */
- char volume[8]; /* Volume name */
- __be16 nparts; /* Number of partitions */
- struct sun_info { /* Partition hdrs, sec 2 */
- __be16 id;
- __be16 flags;
- } infos[8];
- __be16 padding; /* Alignment padding */
- __be32 bootinfo[3]; /* Info needed by mboot */
- __be32 sanity; /* To verify vtoc sanity */
- __be32 reserved[10]; /* Free space */
- __be32 timestamp[8]; /* Partition timestamp */
- } vtoc;
- __be32 write_reinstruct; /* sectors to skip, writes */
- __be32 read_reinstruct; /* sectors to skip, reads */
- unsigned char spare[148]; /* Padding */
- __be16 rspeed; /* Disk rotational speed */
- __be16 pcylcount; /* Physical cylinder count */
- __be16 sparecyl; /* extra sects per cylinder */
- __be16 obs1; /* gap1 */
- __be16 obs2; /* gap2 */
- __be16 ilfact; /* Interleave factor */
- __be16 ncyl; /* Data cylinder count */
- __be16 nacyl; /* Alt. cylinder count */
- __be16 ntrks; /* Tracks per cylinder */
- __be16 nsect; /* Sectors per track */
- __be16 obs3; /* bhead - Label head offset */
- __be16 obs4; /* ppart - Physical Partition */
- struct sun_partition {
- __be32 start_cylinder;
- __be32 num_sectors;
- } partitions[8];
- __be16 magic; /* Magic number */
- __be16 csum; /* Label xor'd checksum */
- } * label;
- struct sun_partition *p;
- unsigned long spc;
- char b[BDEVNAME_SIZE];
- int use_vtoc;
- int nparts;
-
- label = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!label)
- return -1;
-
- p = label->partitions;
- if (be16_to_cpu(label->magic) != SUN_LABEL_MAGIC) {
-/* printk(KERN_INFO "Dev %s Sun disklabel: bad magic %04x\n",
- bdevname(bdev, b), be16_to_cpu(label->magic)); */
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- /* Look at the checksum */
- ush = ((__be16 *) (label+1)) - 1;
- for (csum = 0; ush >= ((__be16 *) label);)
- csum ^= *ush--;
- if (csum) {
- printk("Dev %s Sun disklabel: Csum bad, label corrupted\n",
- bdevname(state->bdev, b));
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
-
- /* Check to see if we can use the VTOC table */
- use_vtoc = ((be32_to_cpu(label->vtoc.sanity) == SUN_VTOC_SANITY) &&
- (be32_to_cpu(label->vtoc.version) == 1) &&
- (be16_to_cpu(label->vtoc.nparts) <= 8));
-
- /* Use 8 partition entries if not specified in validated VTOC */
- nparts = (use_vtoc) ? be16_to_cpu(label->vtoc.nparts) : 8;
-
- /*
- * So that old Linux-Sun partitions continue to work,
- * alow the VTOC to be used under the additional condition ...
- */
- use_vtoc = use_vtoc || !(label->vtoc.sanity ||
- label->vtoc.version || label->vtoc.nparts);
- spc = be16_to_cpu(label->ntrks) * be16_to_cpu(label->nsect);
- for (i = 0; i < nparts; i++, p++) {
- unsigned long st_sector;
- unsigned int num_sectors;
-
- st_sector = be32_to_cpu(p->start_cylinder) * spc;
- num_sectors = be32_to_cpu(p->num_sectors);
- if (num_sectors) {
- put_partition(state, slot, st_sector, num_sectors);
- state->parts[slot].flags = 0;
- if (use_vtoc) {
- if (be16_to_cpu(label->vtoc.infos[i].id) == LINUX_RAID_PARTITION)
- state->parts[slot].flags |= ADDPART_FLAG_RAID;
- else if (be16_to_cpu(label->vtoc.infos[i].id) == SUN_WHOLE_DISK)
- state->parts[slot].flags |= ADDPART_FLAG_WHOLEDISK;
- }
- }
- slot++;
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/sun.h b/fs/partitions/sun.h
deleted file mode 100644
index 2424baa8319f..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/sun.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,8 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/sun.h
- */
-
-#define SUN_LABEL_MAGIC 0xDABE
-#define SUN_VTOC_SANITY 0x600DDEEE
-
-int sun_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
diff --git a/fs/partitions/sysv68.c b/fs/partitions/sysv68.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 9627ccffc1c4..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/sysv68.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,95 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/sysv68.c
- *
- * Copyright (C) 2007 Philippe De Muyter <phdm@macqel.be>
- */
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "sysv68.h"
-
-/*
- * Volume ID structure: on first 256-bytes sector of disk
- */
-
-struct volumeid {
- u8 vid_unused[248];
- u8 vid_mac[8]; /* ASCII string "MOTOROLA" */
-};
-
-/*
- * config block: second 256-bytes sector on disk
- */
-
-struct dkconfig {
- u8 ios_unused0[128];
- __be32 ios_slcblk; /* Slice table block number */
- __be16 ios_slccnt; /* Number of entries in slice table */
- u8 ios_unused1[122];
-};
-
-/*
- * combined volumeid and dkconfig block
- */
-
-struct dkblk0 {
- struct volumeid dk_vid;
- struct dkconfig dk_ios;
-};
-
-/*
- * Slice Table Structure
- */
-
-struct slice {
- __be32 nblocks; /* slice size (in blocks) */
- __be32 blkoff; /* block offset of slice */
-};
-
-
-int sysv68_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- int i, slices;
- int slot = 1;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- struct dkblk0 *b;
- struct slice *slice;
- char tmp[64];
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, 0, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- b = (struct dkblk0 *)data;
- if (memcmp(b->dk_vid.vid_mac, "MOTOROLA", sizeof(b->dk_vid.vid_mac))) {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
- slices = be16_to_cpu(b->dk_ios.ios_slccnt);
- i = be32_to_cpu(b->dk_ios.ios_slcblk);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, i, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- slices -= 1; /* last slice is the whole disk */
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "sysV68: %s(s%u)", state->name, slices);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- slice = (struct slice *)data;
- for (i = 0; i < slices; i++, slice++) {
- if (slot == state->limit)
- break;
- if (be32_to_cpu(slice->nblocks)) {
- put_partition(state, slot,
- be32_to_cpu(slice->blkoff),
- be32_to_cpu(slice->nblocks));
- snprintf(tmp, sizeof(tmp), "(s%u)", i);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, tmp, PAGE_SIZE);
- }
- slot++;
- }
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 1;
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/sysv68.h b/fs/partitions/sysv68.h
deleted file mode 100644
index bf2f5ffa97ac..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/sysv68.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1 +0,0 @@
-extern int sysv68_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
diff --git a/fs/partitions/ultrix.c b/fs/partitions/ultrix.c
deleted file mode 100644
index 8dbaf9f77a99..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/ultrix.c
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,48 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/ultrix.c
- *
- * Code extracted from drivers/block/genhd.c
- *
- * Re-organised Jul 1999 Russell King
- */
-
-#include "check.h"
-#include "ultrix.h"
-
-int ultrix_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state)
-{
- int i;
- Sector sect;
- unsigned char *data;
- struct ultrix_disklabel {
- s32 pt_magic; /* magic no. indicating part. info exits */
- s32 pt_valid; /* set by driver if pt is current */
- struct pt_info {
- s32 pi_nblocks; /* no. of sectors */
- u32 pi_blkoff; /* block offset for start */
- } pt_part[8];
- } *label;
-
-#define PT_MAGIC 0x032957 /* Partition magic number */
-#define PT_VALID 1 /* Indicates if struct is valid */
-
- data = read_part_sector(state, (16384 - sizeof(*label))/512, &sect);
- if (!data)
- return -1;
-
- label = (struct ultrix_disklabel *)(data + 512 - sizeof(*label));
-
- if (label->pt_magic == PT_MAGIC && label->pt_valid == PT_VALID) {
- for (i=0; i<8; i++)
- if (label->pt_part[i].pi_nblocks)
- put_partition(state, i+1,
- label->pt_part[i].pi_blkoff,
- label->pt_part[i].pi_nblocks);
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- strlcat(state->pp_buf, "\n", PAGE_SIZE);
- return 1;
- } else {
- put_dev_sector(sect);
- return 0;
- }
-}
diff --git a/fs/partitions/ultrix.h b/fs/partitions/ultrix.h
deleted file mode 100644
index a3cc00b2bded..000000000000
--- a/fs/partitions/ultrix.h
+++ /dev/null
@@ -1,5 +0,0 @@
-/*
- * fs/partitions/ultrix.h
- */
-
-int ultrix_partition(struct parsed_partitions *state);
diff --git a/fs/pnode.c b/fs/pnode.c
index 4d5a06ea57a2..ab5fa9e1a79a 100644
--- a/fs/pnode.c
+++ b/fs/pnode.c
@@ -13,30 +13,30 @@
#include "pnode.h"
/* return the next shared peer mount of @p */
-static inline struct vfsmount *next_peer(struct vfsmount *p)
+static inline struct mount *next_peer(struct mount *p)
{
- return list_entry(p->mnt_share.next, struct vfsmount, mnt_share);
+ return list_entry(p->mnt_share.next, struct mount, mnt_share);
}
-static inline struct vfsmount *first_slave(struct vfsmount *p)
+static inline struct mount *first_slave(struct mount *p)
{
- return list_entry(p->mnt_slave_list.next, struct vfsmount, mnt_slave);
+ return list_entry(p->mnt_slave_list.next, struct mount, mnt_slave);
}
-static inline struct vfsmount *next_slave(struct vfsmount *p)
+static inline struct mount *next_slave(struct mount *p)
{
- return list_entry(p->mnt_slave.next, struct vfsmount, mnt_slave);
+ return list_entry(p->mnt_slave.next, struct mount, mnt_slave);
}
-static struct vfsmount *get_peer_under_root(struct vfsmount *mnt,
- struct mnt_namespace *ns,
- const struct path *root)
+static struct mount *get_peer_under_root(struct mount *mnt,
+ struct mnt_namespace *ns,
+ const struct path *root)
{
- struct vfsmount *m = mnt;
+ struct mount *m = mnt;
do {
/* Check the namespace first for optimization */
- if (m->mnt_ns == ns && is_path_reachable(m, m->mnt_root, root))
+ if (m->mnt_ns == ns && is_path_reachable(m, m->mnt.mnt_root, root))
return m;
m = next_peer(m);
@@ -51,12 +51,12 @@ static struct vfsmount *get_peer_under_root(struct vfsmount *mnt,
*
* Caller must hold namespace_sem
*/
-int get_dominating_id(struct vfsmount *mnt, const struct path *root)
+int get_dominating_id(struct mount *mnt, const struct path *root)
{
- struct vfsmount *m;
+ struct mount *m;
for (m = mnt->mnt_master; m != NULL; m = m->mnt_master) {
- struct vfsmount *d = get_peer_under_root(m, mnt->mnt_ns, root);
+ struct mount *d = get_peer_under_root(m, mnt->mnt_ns, root);
if (d)
return d->mnt_group_id;
}
@@ -64,10 +64,10 @@ int get_dominating_id(struct vfsmount *mnt, const struct path *root)
return 0;
}
-static int do_make_slave(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static int do_make_slave(struct mount *mnt)
{
- struct vfsmount *peer_mnt = mnt, *master = mnt->mnt_master;
- struct vfsmount *slave_mnt;
+ struct mount *peer_mnt = mnt, *master = mnt->mnt_master;
+ struct mount *slave_mnt;
/*
* slave 'mnt' to a peer mount that has the
@@ -75,7 +75,7 @@ static int do_make_slave(struct vfsmount *mnt)
* slave it to anything that is available.
*/
while ((peer_mnt = next_peer(peer_mnt)) != mnt &&
- peer_mnt->mnt_root != mnt->mnt_root) ;
+ peer_mnt->mnt.mnt_root != mnt->mnt.mnt_root) ;
if (peer_mnt == mnt) {
peer_mnt = next_peer(mnt);
@@ -101,7 +101,7 @@ static int do_make_slave(struct vfsmount *mnt)
struct list_head *p = &mnt->mnt_slave_list;
while (!list_empty(p)) {
slave_mnt = list_first_entry(p,
- struct vfsmount, mnt_slave);
+ struct mount, mnt_slave);
list_del_init(&slave_mnt->mnt_slave);
slave_mnt->mnt_master = NULL;
}
@@ -114,7 +114,7 @@ static int do_make_slave(struct vfsmount *mnt)
/*
* vfsmount lock must be held for write
*/
-void change_mnt_propagation(struct vfsmount *mnt, int type)
+void change_mnt_propagation(struct mount *mnt, int type)
{
if (type == MS_SHARED) {
set_mnt_shared(mnt);
@@ -125,9 +125,9 @@ void change_mnt_propagation(struct vfsmount *mnt, int type)
list_del_init(&mnt->mnt_slave);
mnt->mnt_master = NULL;
if (type == MS_UNBINDABLE)
- mnt->mnt_flags |= MNT_UNBINDABLE;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags |= MNT_UNBINDABLE;
else
- mnt->mnt_flags &= ~MNT_UNBINDABLE;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags &= ~MNT_UNBINDABLE;
}
}
@@ -141,20 +141,19 @@ void change_mnt_propagation(struct vfsmount *mnt, int type)
* vfsmount found while iterating with propagation_next() is
* a peer of one we'd found earlier.
*/
-static struct vfsmount *propagation_next(struct vfsmount *m,
- struct vfsmount *origin)
+static struct mount *propagation_next(struct mount *m,
+ struct mount *origin)
{
/* are there any slaves of this mount? */
if (!IS_MNT_NEW(m) && !list_empty(&m->mnt_slave_list))
return first_slave(m);
while (1) {
- struct vfsmount *next;
- struct vfsmount *master = m->mnt_master;
+ struct mount *master = m->mnt_master;
if (master == origin->mnt_master) {
- next = next_peer(m);
- return ((next == origin) ? NULL : next);
+ struct mount *next = next_peer(m);
+ return (next == origin) ? NULL : next;
} else if (m->mnt_slave.next != &master->mnt_slave_list)
return next_slave(m);
@@ -172,13 +171,13 @@ static struct vfsmount *propagation_next(struct vfsmount *m,
* @type return CL_SLAVE if the new mount has to be
* cloned as a slave.
*/
-static struct vfsmount *get_source(struct vfsmount *dest,
- struct vfsmount *last_dest,
- struct vfsmount *last_src,
- int *type)
+static struct mount *get_source(struct mount *dest,
+ struct mount *last_dest,
+ struct mount *last_src,
+ int *type)
{
- struct vfsmount *p_last_src = NULL;
- struct vfsmount *p_last_dest = NULL;
+ struct mount *p_last_src = NULL;
+ struct mount *p_last_dest = NULL;
while (last_dest != dest->mnt_master) {
p_last_dest = last_dest;
@@ -218,33 +217,33 @@ static struct vfsmount *get_source(struct vfsmount *dest,
* @source_mnt: source mount.
* @tree_list : list of heads of trees to be attached.
*/
-int propagate_mnt(struct vfsmount *dest_mnt, struct dentry *dest_dentry,
- struct vfsmount *source_mnt, struct list_head *tree_list)
+int propagate_mnt(struct mount *dest_mnt, struct dentry *dest_dentry,
+ struct mount *source_mnt, struct list_head *tree_list)
{
- struct vfsmount *m, *child;
+ struct mount *m, *child;
int ret = 0;
- struct vfsmount *prev_dest_mnt = dest_mnt;
- struct vfsmount *prev_src_mnt = source_mnt;
+ struct mount *prev_dest_mnt = dest_mnt;
+ struct mount *prev_src_mnt = source_mnt;
LIST_HEAD(tmp_list);
LIST_HEAD(umount_list);
for (m = propagation_next(dest_mnt, dest_mnt); m;
m = propagation_next(m, dest_mnt)) {
int type;
- struct vfsmount *source;
+ struct mount *source;
if (IS_MNT_NEW(m))
continue;
source = get_source(m, prev_dest_mnt, prev_src_mnt, &type);
- if (!(child = copy_tree(source, source->mnt_root, type))) {
+ if (!(child = copy_tree(source, source->mnt.mnt_root, type))) {
ret = -ENOMEM;
list_splice(tree_list, tmp_list.prev);
goto out;
}
- if (is_subdir(dest_dentry, m->mnt_root)) {
+ if (is_subdir(dest_dentry, m->mnt.mnt_root)) {
mnt_set_mountpoint(m, dest_dentry, child);
list_add_tail(&child->mnt_hash, tree_list);
} else {
@@ -260,7 +259,7 @@ int propagate_mnt(struct vfsmount *dest_mnt, struct dentry *dest_dentry,
out:
br_write_lock(vfsmount_lock);
while (!list_empty(&tmp_list)) {
- child = list_first_entry(&tmp_list, struct vfsmount, mnt_hash);
+ child = list_first_entry(&tmp_list, struct mount, mnt_hash);
umount_tree(child, 0, &umount_list);
}
br_write_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
@@ -271,7 +270,7 @@ out:
/*
* return true if the refcount is greater than count
*/
-static inline int do_refcount_check(struct vfsmount *mnt, int count)
+static inline int do_refcount_check(struct mount *mnt, int count)
{
int mycount = mnt_get_count(mnt) - mnt->mnt_ghosts;
return (mycount > count);
@@ -287,10 +286,10 @@ static inline int do_refcount_check(struct vfsmount *mnt, int count)
*
* vfsmount lock must be held for write
*/
-int propagate_mount_busy(struct vfsmount *mnt, int refcnt)
+int propagate_mount_busy(struct mount *mnt, int refcnt)
{
- struct vfsmount *m, *child;
- struct vfsmount *parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
+ struct mount *m, *child;
+ struct mount *parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
int ret = 0;
if (mnt == parent)
@@ -306,7 +305,7 @@ int propagate_mount_busy(struct vfsmount *mnt, int refcnt)
for (m = propagation_next(parent, parent); m;
m = propagation_next(m, parent)) {
- child = __lookup_mnt(m, mnt->mnt_mountpoint, 0);
+ child = __lookup_mnt(&m->mnt, mnt->mnt_mountpoint, 0);
if (child && list_empty(&child->mnt_mounts) &&
(ret = do_refcount_check(child, 1)))
break;
@@ -318,17 +317,17 @@ int propagate_mount_busy(struct vfsmount *mnt, int refcnt)
* NOTE: unmounting 'mnt' naturally propagates to all other mounts its
* parent propagates to.
*/
-static void __propagate_umount(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static void __propagate_umount(struct mount *mnt)
{
- struct vfsmount *parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
- struct vfsmount *m;
+ struct mount *parent = mnt->mnt_parent;
+ struct mount *m;
BUG_ON(parent == mnt);
for (m = propagation_next(parent, parent); m;
m = propagation_next(m, parent)) {
- struct vfsmount *child = __lookup_mnt(m,
+ struct mount *child = __lookup_mnt(&m->mnt,
mnt->mnt_mountpoint, 0);
/*
* umount the child only if the child has no
@@ -348,7 +347,7 @@ static void __propagate_umount(struct vfsmount *mnt)
*/
int propagate_umount(struct list_head *list)
{
- struct vfsmount *mnt;
+ struct mount *mnt;
list_for_each_entry(mnt, list, mnt_hash)
__propagate_umount(mnt);
diff --git a/fs/pnode.h b/fs/pnode.h
index 5c234e742193..65c60979d541 100644
--- a/fs/pnode.h
+++ b/fs/pnode.h
@@ -11,11 +11,11 @@
#include <linux/list.h>
#include "mount.h"
-#define IS_MNT_SHARED(mnt) ((mnt)->mnt_flags & MNT_SHARED)
-#define IS_MNT_SLAVE(mnt) ((mnt)->mnt_master)
-#define IS_MNT_NEW(mnt) (!(mnt)->mnt_ns)
-#define CLEAR_MNT_SHARED(mnt) ((mnt)->mnt_flags &= ~MNT_SHARED)
-#define IS_MNT_UNBINDABLE(mnt) ((mnt)->mnt_flags & MNT_UNBINDABLE)
+#define IS_MNT_SHARED(m) ((m)->mnt.mnt_flags & MNT_SHARED)
+#define IS_MNT_SLAVE(m) ((m)->mnt_master)
+#define IS_MNT_NEW(m) (!(m)->mnt_ns)
+#define CLEAR_MNT_SHARED(m) ((m)->mnt.mnt_flags &= ~MNT_SHARED)
+#define IS_MNT_UNBINDABLE(m) ((m)->mnt.mnt_flags & MNT_UNBINDABLE)
#define CL_EXPIRE 0x01
#define CL_SLAVE 0x02
@@ -23,25 +23,25 @@
#define CL_MAKE_SHARED 0x08
#define CL_PRIVATE 0x10
-static inline void set_mnt_shared(struct vfsmount *mnt)
+static inline void set_mnt_shared(struct mount *mnt)
{
- mnt->mnt_flags &= ~MNT_SHARED_MASK;
- mnt->mnt_flags |= MNT_SHARED;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags &= ~MNT_SHARED_MASK;
+ mnt->mnt.mnt_flags |= MNT_SHARED;
}
-void change_mnt_propagation(struct vfsmount *, int);
-int propagate_mnt(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *, struct vfsmount *,
+void change_mnt_propagation(struct mount *, int);
+int propagate_mnt(struct mount *, struct dentry *, struct mount *,
struct list_head *);
int propagate_umount(struct list_head *);
-int propagate_mount_busy(struct vfsmount *, int);
-void mnt_release_group_id(struct vfsmount *);
-int get_dominating_id(struct vfsmount *mnt, const struct path *root);
-unsigned int mnt_get_count(struct vfsmount *mnt);
-void mnt_set_mountpoint(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *,
- struct vfsmount *);
+int propagate_mount_busy(struct mount *, int);
+void mnt_release_group_id(struct mount *);
+int get_dominating_id(struct mount *mnt, const struct path *root);
+unsigned int mnt_get_count(struct mount *mnt);
+void mnt_set_mountpoint(struct mount *, struct dentry *,
+ struct mount *);
void release_mounts(struct list_head *);
-void umount_tree(struct vfsmount *, int, struct list_head *);
-struct vfsmount *copy_tree(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *, int);
-bool is_path_reachable(struct vfsmount *, struct dentry *,
+void umount_tree(struct mount *, int, struct list_head *);
+struct mount *copy_tree(struct mount *, struct dentry *, int);
+bool is_path_reachable(struct mount *, struct dentry *,
const struct path *root);
#endif /* _LINUX_PNODE_H */
diff --git a/fs/proc/base.c b/fs/proc/base.c
index 65054d38ca23..a1dddda999f2 100644
--- a/fs/proc/base.c
+++ b/fs/proc/base.c
@@ -631,120 +631,6 @@ static const struct inode_operations proc_def_inode_operations = {
.setattr = proc_setattr,
};
-static int mounts_open_common(struct inode *inode, struct file *file,
- const struct seq_operations *op)
-{
- struct task_struct *task = get_proc_task(inode);
- struct nsproxy *nsp;
- struct mnt_namespace *ns = NULL;
- struct path root;
- struct proc_mounts *p;
- int ret = -EINVAL;
-
- if (task) {
- rcu_read_lock();
- nsp = task_nsproxy(task);
- if (nsp) {
- ns = nsp->mnt_ns;
- if (ns)
- get_mnt_ns(ns);
- }
- rcu_read_unlock();
- if (ns && get_task_root(task, &root) == 0)
- ret = 0;
- put_task_struct(task);
- }
-
- if (!ns)
- goto err;
- if (ret)
- goto err_put_ns;
-
- ret = -ENOMEM;
- p = kmalloc(sizeof(struct proc_mounts), GFP_KERNEL);
- if (!p)
- goto err_put_path;
-
- file->private_data = &p->m;
- ret = seq_open(file, op);
- if (ret)
- goto err_free;
-
- p->m.private = p;
- p->ns = ns;
- p->root = root;
- p->m.poll_event = ns->event;
-
- return 0;
-
- err_free:
- kfree(p);
- err_put_path:
- path_put(&root);
- err_put_ns:
- put_mnt_ns(ns);
- err:
- return ret;
-}
-
-static int mounts_release(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
-{
- struct proc_mounts *p = file->private_data;
- path_put(&p->root);
- put_mnt_ns(p->ns);
- return seq_release(inode, file);
-}
-
-static unsigned mounts_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait)
-{
- struct proc_mounts *p = file->private_data;
- unsigned res = POLLIN | POLLRDNORM;
-
- poll_wait(file, &p->ns->poll, wait);
- if (mnt_had_events(p))
- res |= POLLERR | POLLPRI;
-
- return res;
-}
-
-static int mounts_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
-{
- return mounts_open_common(inode, file, &mounts_op);
-}
-
-static const struct file_operations proc_mounts_operations = {
- .open = mounts_open,
- .read = seq_read,
- .llseek = seq_lseek,
- .release = mounts_release,
- .poll = mounts_poll,
-};
-
-static int mountinfo_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
-{
- return mounts_open_common(inode, file, &mountinfo_op);
-}
-
-static const struct file_operations proc_mountinfo_operations = {
- .open = mountinfo_open,
- .read = seq_read,
- .llseek = seq_lseek,
- .release = mounts_release,
- .poll = mounts_poll,
-};
-
-static int mountstats_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
-{
- return mounts_open_common(inode, file, &mountstats_op);
-}
-
-static const struct file_operations proc_mountstats_operations = {
- .open = mountstats_open,
- .read = seq_read,
- .llseek = seq_lseek,
- .release = mounts_release,
-};
-
#define PROC_BLOCK_SIZE (3*1024) /* 4K page size but our output routines use some slack for overruns */
static ssize_t proc_info_read(struct file * file, char __user * buf,
diff --git a/fs/proc/namespaces.c b/fs/proc/namespaces.c
index be177f702acb..27da860115c6 100644
--- a/fs/proc/namespaces.c
+++ b/fs/proc/namespaces.c
@@ -9,7 +9,6 @@
#include <linux/file.h>
#include <linux/utsname.h>
#include <net/net_namespace.h>
-#include <linux/mnt_namespace.h>
#include <linux/ipc_namespace.h>
#include <linux/pid_namespace.h>
#include "internal.h"
diff --git a/fs/proc_namespace.c b/fs/proc_namespace.c
new file mode 100644
index 000000000000..9dcd9543ca12
--- /dev/null
+++ b/fs/proc_namespace.c
@@ -0,0 +1,331 @@
+/*
+ * fs/proc_namespace.c - handling of /proc/<pid>/{mounts,mountinfo,mountstats}
+ *
+ * In fact, that's a piece of procfs; it's *almost* isolated from
+ * the rest of fs/proc, but has rather close relationships with
+ * fs/namespace.c, thus here instead of fs/proc
+ *
+ */
+#include <linux/mnt_namespace.h>
+#include <linux/nsproxy.h>
+#include <linux/security.h>
+#include <linux/fs_struct.h>
+#include "proc/internal.h" /* only for get_proc_task() in ->open() */
+
+#include "pnode.h"
+#include "internal.h"
+
+static unsigned mounts_poll(struct file *file, poll_table *wait)
+{
+ struct proc_mounts *p = file->private_data;
+ struct mnt_namespace *ns = p->ns;
+ unsigned res = POLLIN | POLLRDNORM;
+
+ poll_wait(file, &p->ns->poll, wait);
+
+ br_read_lock(vfsmount_lock);
+ if (p->m.poll_event != ns->event) {
+ p->m.poll_event = ns->event;
+ res |= POLLERR | POLLPRI;
+ }
+ br_read_unlock(vfsmount_lock);
+
+ return res;
+}
+
+struct proc_fs_info {
+ int flag;
+ const char *str;
+};
+
+static int show_sb_opts(struct seq_file *m, struct super_block *sb)
+{
+ static const struct proc_fs_info fs_info[] = {
+ { MS_SYNCHRONOUS, ",sync" },
+ { MS_DIRSYNC, ",dirsync" },
+ { MS_MANDLOCK, ",mand" },
+ { 0, NULL }
+ };
+ const struct proc_fs_info *fs_infop;
+
+ for (fs_infop = fs_info; fs_infop->flag; fs_infop++) {
+ if (sb->s_flags & fs_infop->flag)
+ seq_puts(m, fs_infop->str);
+ }
+
+ return security_sb_show_options(m, sb);
+}
+
+static void show_mnt_opts(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
+{
+ static const struct proc_fs_info mnt_info[] = {
+ { MNT_NOSUID, ",nosuid" },
+ { MNT_NODEV, ",nodev" },
+ { MNT_NOEXEC, ",noexec" },
+ { MNT_NOATIME, ",noatime" },
+ { MNT_NODIRATIME, ",nodiratime" },
+ { MNT_RELATIME, ",relatime" },
+ { 0, NULL }
+ };
+ const struct proc_fs_info *fs_infop;
+
+ for (fs_infop = mnt_info; fs_infop->flag; fs_infop++) {
+ if (mnt->mnt_flags & fs_infop->flag)
+ seq_puts(m, fs_infop->str);
+ }
+}
+
+static inline void mangle(struct seq_file *m, const char *s)
+{
+ seq_escape(m, s, " \t\n\\");
+}
+
+static void show_type(struct seq_file *m, struct super_block *sb)
+{
+ mangle(m, sb->s_type->name);
+ if (sb->s_subtype && sb->s_subtype[0]) {
+ seq_putc(m, '.');
+ mangle(m, sb->s_subtype);
+ }
+}
+
+static int show_vfsmnt(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
+{
+ struct mount *r = real_mount(mnt);
+ int err = 0;
+ struct path mnt_path = { .dentry = mnt->mnt_root, .mnt = mnt };
+
+ if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_devname) {
+ err = mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_devname(m, mnt);
+ if (err)
+ goto out;
+ } else {
+ mangle(m, r->mnt_devname ? r->mnt_devname : "none");
+ }
+ seq_putc(m, ' ');
+ seq_path(m, &mnt_path, " \t\n\\");
+ seq_putc(m, ' ');
+ show_type(m, mnt->mnt_sb);
+ seq_puts(m, __mnt_is_readonly(mnt) ? " ro" : " rw");
+ err = show_sb_opts(m, mnt->mnt_sb);
+ if (err)
+ goto out;
+ show_mnt_opts(m, mnt);
+ if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_options)
+ err = mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_options(m, mnt);
+ seq_puts(m, " 0 0\n");
+out:
+ return err;
+}
+
+static int show_mountinfo(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
+{
+ struct proc_mounts *p = m->private;
+ struct mount *r = real_mount(mnt);
+ struct super_block *sb = mnt->mnt_sb;
+ struct path mnt_path = { .dentry = mnt->mnt_root, .mnt = mnt };
+ struct path root = p->root;
+ int err = 0;
+
+ seq_printf(m, "%i %i %u:%u ", r->mnt_id, r->mnt_parent->mnt_id,
+ MAJOR(sb->s_dev), MINOR(sb->s_dev));
+ if (sb->s_op->show_path)
+ err = sb->s_op->show_path(m, mnt);
+ else
+ seq_dentry(m, mnt->mnt_root, " \t\n\\");
+ if (err)
+ goto out;
+ seq_putc(m, ' ');
+
+ /* mountpoints outside of chroot jail will give SEQ_SKIP on this */
+ err = seq_path_root(m, &mnt_path, &root, " \t\n\\");
+ if (err)
+ goto out;
+
+ seq_puts(m, mnt->mnt_flags & MNT_READONLY ? " ro" : " rw");
+ show_mnt_opts(m, mnt);
+
+ /* Tagged fields ("foo:X" or "bar") */
+ if (IS_MNT_SHARED(r))
+ seq_printf(m, " shared:%i", r->mnt_group_id);
+ if (IS_MNT_SLAVE(r)) {
+ int master = r->mnt_master->mnt_group_id;
+ int dom = get_dominating_id(r, &p->root);
+ seq_printf(m, " master:%i", master);
+ if (dom && dom != master)
+ seq_printf(m, " propagate_from:%i", dom);
+ }
+ if (IS_MNT_UNBINDABLE(r))
+ seq_puts(m, " unbindable");
+
+ /* Filesystem specific data */
+ seq_puts(m, " - ");
+ show_type(m, sb);
+ seq_putc(m, ' ');
+ if (sb->s_op->show_devname)
+ err = sb->s_op->show_devname(m, mnt);
+ else
+ mangle(m, r->mnt_devname ? r->mnt_devname : "none");
+ if (err)
+ goto out;
+ seq_puts(m, sb->s_flags & MS_RDONLY ? " ro" : " rw");
+ err = show_sb_opts(m, sb);
+ if (err)
+ goto out;
+ if (sb->s_op->show_options)
+ err = sb->s_op->show_options(m, mnt);
+ seq_putc(m, '\n');
+out:
+ return err;
+}
+
+static int show_vfsstat(struct seq_file *m, struct vfsmount *mnt)
+{
+ struct mount *r = real_mount(mnt);
+ struct path mnt_path = { .dentry = mnt->mnt_root, .mnt = mnt };
+ int err = 0;
+
+ /* device */
+ if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_devname) {
+ seq_puts(m, "device ");
+ err = mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_devname(m, mnt);
+ } else {
+ if (r->mnt_devname) {
+ seq_puts(m, "device ");
+ mangle(m, r->mnt_devname);
+ } else
+ seq_puts(m, "no device");
+ }
+
+ /* mount point */
+ seq_puts(m, " mounted on ");
+ seq_path(m, &mnt_path, " \t\n\\");
+ seq_putc(m, ' ');
+
+ /* file system type */
+ seq_puts(m, "with fstype ");
+ show_type(m, mnt->mnt_sb);
+
+ /* optional statistics */
+ if (mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_stats) {
+ seq_putc(m, ' ');
+ if (!err)
+ err = mnt->mnt_sb->s_op->show_stats(m, mnt);
+ }
+
+ seq_putc(m, '\n');
+ return err;
+}
+
+static int mounts_open_common(struct inode *inode, struct file *file,
+ int (*show)(struct seq_file *, struct vfsmount *))
+{
+ struct task_struct *task = get_proc_task(inode);
+ struct nsproxy *nsp;
+ struct mnt_namespace *ns = NULL;
+ struct path root;
+ struct proc_mounts *p;
+ int ret = -EINVAL;
+
+ if (!task)
+ goto err;
+
+ rcu_read_lock();
+ nsp = task_nsproxy(task);
+ if (!nsp) {
+ rcu_read_unlock();
+ put_task_struct(task);
+ goto err;
+ }
+ ns = nsp->mnt_ns;
+ if (!ns) {
+ rcu_read_unlock();
+ put_task_struct(task);
+ goto err;
+ }
+ get_mnt_ns(ns);
+ rcu_read_unlock();
+ task_lock(task);
+ if (!task->fs) {
+ task_unlock(task);
+ put_task_struct(task);
+ ret = -ENOENT;
+ goto err_put_ns;
+ }
+ get_fs_root(task->fs, &root);
+ task_unlock(task);
+ put_task_struct(task);
+
+ ret = -ENOMEM;
+ p = kmalloc(sizeof(struct proc_mounts), GFP_KERNEL);
+ if (!p)
+ goto err_put_path;
+
+ file->private_data = &p->m;
+ ret = seq_open(file, &mounts_op);
+ if (ret)
+ goto err_free;
+
+ p->m.private = p;
+ p->ns = ns;
+ p->root = root;
+ p->m.poll_event = ns->event;
+ p->show = show;
+
+ return 0;
+
+ err_free:
+ kfree(p);
+ err_put_path:
+ path_put(&root);
+ err_put_ns:
+ put_mnt_ns(ns);
+ err:
+ return ret;
+}
+
+static int mounts_release(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
+{
+ struct proc_mounts *p = file->private_data;
+ path_put(&p->root);
+ put_mnt_ns(p->ns);
+ return seq_release(inode, file);
+}
+
+static int mounts_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
+{
+ return mounts_open_common(inode, file, show_vfsmnt);
+}
+
+static int mountinfo_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
+{
+ return mounts_open_common(inode, file, show_mountinfo);
+}
+
+static int mountstats_open(struct inode *inode, struct file *file)
+{
+ return mounts_open_common(inode, file, show_vfsstat);
+}
+
+const struct file_operations proc_mounts_operations = {
+ .open = mounts_open,
+ .read = seq_read,
+ .llseek = seq_lseek,
+ .release = mounts_release,
+ .poll = mounts_poll,
+};
+
+const struct file_operations proc_mountinfo_operations = {
+ .open = mountinfo_open,
+ .read = seq_read,
+ .llseek = seq_lseek,
+ .release = mounts_release,
+ .poll = mounts_poll,
+};
+
+const struct file_operations proc_mountstats_operations = {
+ .open = mountstats_open,
+ .read = seq_read,
+ .llseek = seq_lseek,
+ .release = mounts_release,
+};
diff --git a/fs/quota/dquot.c b/fs/quota/dquot.c
index 5b572c89e6c4..5d81e92daf83 100644
--- a/fs/quota/dquot.c
+++ b/fs/quota/dquot.c
@@ -73,7 +73,6 @@
#include <linux/security.h>
#include <linux/kmod.h>
#include <linux/namei.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
#include <linux/capability.h>
#include <linux/quotaops.h>
#include "../internal.h" /* ugh */
diff --git a/fs/quota/quota.c b/fs/quota/quota.c
index 35f4b0ecdeb3..7898cd688a00 100644
--- a/fs/quota/quota.c
+++ b/fs/quota/quota.c
@@ -13,7 +13,6 @@
#include <linux/kernel.h>
#include <linux/security.h>
#include <linux/syscalls.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
#include <linux/capability.h>
#include <linux/quotaops.h>
#include <linux/types.h>
diff --git a/fs/splice.c b/fs/splice.c
index fa2defa8afcf..1ec0493266b3 100644
--- a/fs/splice.c
+++ b/fs/splice.c
@@ -25,7 +25,6 @@
#include <linux/mm_inline.h>
#include <linux/swap.h>
#include <linux/writeback.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
#include <linux/module.h>
#include <linux/syscalls.h>
#include <linux/uio.h>
diff --git a/fs/sync.c b/fs/sync.c
index 101b8ef901d7..f3501ef39235 100644
--- a/fs/sync.c
+++ b/fs/sync.c
@@ -14,7 +14,6 @@
#include <linux/linkage.h>
#include <linux/pagemap.h>
#include <linux/quotaops.h>
-#include <linux/buffer_head.h>
#include <linux/backing-dev.h>
#include "internal.h"